US20060235220A1 - Dipeptide nitriles - Google Patents

Dipeptide nitriles Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20060235220A1
US20060235220A1 US11/374,995 US37499506A US2006235220A1 US 20060235220 A1 US20060235220 A1 US 20060235220A1 US 37499506 A US37499506 A US 37499506A US 2006235220 A1 US2006235220 A1 US 2006235220A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
mmol
methyl
lower alkyl
solution
cathepsin
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/374,995
Inventor
Martin Missbach
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US11/374,995 priority Critical patent/US20060235220A1/en
Publication of US20060235220A1 publication Critical patent/US20060235220A1/en
Priority to US11/835,134 priority patent/US20080027060A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/01Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C255/24Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the same saturated acyclic carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/29Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the same saturated acyclic carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and acylated amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/01Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C255/32Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C255/42Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms
    • C07C255/44Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms at least one of the singly-bound nitrogen atoms being acylated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/22Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/44Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/50Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/51Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/52Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/50Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/62Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/325Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/327Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/10Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D209/18Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/30Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D209/42Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81Amides; Imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82Amides; Imides in position 3
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/48Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/64Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. histidine
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/36Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D241/38Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D241/40Benzopyrazines
    • C07D241/44Benzopyrazines with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/041,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
    • C07D249/061,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles with aryl radicals directly attached to ring atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D261/18Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D275/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings
    • C07D275/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/08Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D295/084Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/088Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/14Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D295/145Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/15Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/14Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D295/155Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/18Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/24Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/38Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/54Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/56Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/68Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/82Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D307/84Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C07D307/85Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen attached in position 2
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/44Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D317/46Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D317/48Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring
    • C07D317/62Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to atoms of the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D317/68Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/24Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/38Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/38Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D333/40Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/52Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes
    • C07D333/62Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D333/68Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C07D333/70Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen attached in position 2
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06034Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms
    • C07K5/06043Leu-amino acid
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06078Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aromatic or cycloaliphatic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/02Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14The ring being saturated

Definitions

  • This invention relates to inhibitors of cysteine proteases, in particular to dipeptide nitrile cathepsin inhibitors and to their pharmaceutical use for the treatment or prophylaxis of diseases or medical conditions in which cathepsins are implicated.
  • the cysteine cathepsins are a class of lysosomal enzymes which are implicated in various disorders including inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, tumors (especially tumor invasion and tumor metastasis), coronary disease, atherosclerosis (including atherosclerotic plaque rupture and destabilization), autoimmune diseases, respiratory diseases, infectious diseases and immununologically mediated diseases (including transplant rejection).
  • dipeptide nitrites are particularly useful as cysteine cathepsin inhibitors and can be used for the treatment of the above-cited cysteine cathepsin dependent conditions.
  • the present invention provides an N-terminal-substituted dipeptide nitrile, i.e. a dipeptide in which the C-terminal carboxy group of the dipeptide is replaced by a nitrile group (—C ⁇ N) and in which the N-terminal nitrogen atom is substituted via a peptide or pseudopeptide linkage which optionally additionally comprises a —methylene-hetero atom—linker or an additional hetero atom, directly by aryl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or heterocyclyl, or a physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable ester or a salt thereof, for use as a pharmaceutical.
  • a peptide or pseudopeptide linkage which optionally additionally comprises a —methylene-hetero atom—linker or an additional hetero atom, directly by aryl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or heterocyclyl, or a physiologically-acceptable and
  • the invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an N-terminal-substituted dipeptide nitrile as defined above as an active ingredient.
  • the invention also provides a method of treating a patient suffering from or susceptible to a disease or medical condition in which a cathepsin is implicated, comprising administering an effective amount of an N-terminal-substituted dipeptide nitrile as defined above to the patient.
  • the invention further includes the use of an N-terminal-substituted dipeptide nitrile as defined above for the preparation of a medicament for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a disease or medical condition in which a cathepsin is implicated.
  • the dipeptide nitrile of the invention conveniently comprises ⁇ -amino acid residues, including both natural and unnatural ⁇ -amino acid residues.
  • naturally ⁇ -amino acid residues denote the 20 amino acids obtainable by translation of RNA according to the genetic code or the corresponding nitrites thereof, as appropriate.
  • “Unnatural ⁇ -amino acid residues” are ⁇ -amino acids which have ⁇ -substituents other than those found in “natural ⁇ -amino acid residues.
  • Preferred a-amino acid residues are the nitrites of tryptophan, 2-benzyloxymethyl-2-amino-acetic acid, 2,2-dimethyl-2-amino-acetic acid, 2-butyl-2-amino-acetic acid, methionine, leucine, lysine, alanine, phenylalanine, and glycine and derivatives thereof, e.g. as hereinafter described.
  • Preferred amino acid residues as the N-terminal amino acid residue of the dipeptide nitrile are 1-amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 1-amino-cycloheptanecarboxylic acid, phenylalanine, histidine, tryptophan and leucine and derivatives thereof, e.g. as hereinafter described.
  • the aryl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or heterocyclyl substituent (hereinafter referred to as R) is attached to the N-terminal nitrogen atom of the dipeptide via a peptide linkage, i.e. as R—C(O)—NH—, or via a pseudopeptide linkage.
  • Suitable pseudopeptide linkages include sulphur in place of oxygen and sulphur and phosphorous in place of carbon, e.g. as R—C(S)—NH—, R—S(O)—NH—, R—S(O) 2 NH— or R—P(O) 2 —NH and analogues thereof.
  • the peptide or pseudopeptide linkage between the R substituent and the N-terminal nitrogen atom may comprise an additional hetero atom, e.g. as R-Het-C(O)—NH—, or a —methylene-hetero atom—linker, e.g. as R-Het-CH 2 —C(O)—NH— or R—CH 2 -Het-C(O)—NH—, wherein Het is a hetero atom selected from O, N or S, and pseudopeptide containing alternatives thereof, e.g. as defined above.
  • the linkage between the aryl substituent and the N-terminal nitrogen atom comprises a —methylene-hetero atom—linker
  • the methylene group and the hetero atom may be optionally further substituted, e.g. as hereinafter described.
  • the R substituent may be further substituted, e.g. by up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, amino, nitro, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl (e.g. alkyl substituted by hydroxy, alkyloxy, amino, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substituted dialkylamino, aryl or heterocyclyl), C 1-4 alkoxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, CN, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, aryl, (e.g. phenyl or phenyl substituted by CN, CF 3 , halogen, OCH 3 ), aryloxy, (e.g. phenoxy or phenoxy substituted by CN, CF 3 , halogen, OCH 3 ), benzyloxy or a heterocyclic residue.
  • substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, amino, nitro, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl (e.g. alkyl substituted
  • the invention provides a compound of formula I, or a physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable ester or a salt thereof
  • R is optionally substituted (aryl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or heterocyclyl);
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, or optionally substituted [lower alkyl, cycloalkyl; bicycloalkyl, or (aryl, biaryl, cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl)-lower alkyl]; or
  • R 2 and R 3 together represent lower alkylene, optionally interrupted by O, S or NR 6 , so as to form a ring with the carbon atom to which they are attached
  • R 6 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl
  • R 2 or R 3 are linked by lower alkylene to the adjacent nitrogen to form a ring;
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently H, or optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl-lower alkyl), —C(O)OR 7 , or —C(O)NR 7 R 8 ,
  • R 7 is optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl or heterocyclyl), and
  • R 8 is H, or optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl or heterocyclyl), or
  • R 4 and R 5 together represent lower alkylene, optionally interrupted by O, S or NR 6 , so as to form a ring with the carbon atom to which they are attached
  • R 6 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl, or
  • R 4 is H or optionally substituted lower alkyl and R 5 is a substituent of formula —X 2 —(Y 1 ) n —(Ar) p -Q-Z
  • Y 1 is O, S, SO, SO 2 , N(R 6 )SO 2 , N—R 6 , SO 2 NR 6 , CONR 6 or NR 6 CO;
  • n zero or one
  • p is zero or one
  • X 2 is lower alkylene; or when n is zero, X 2 is also C 2 -C 7 -alkylene interrupted by O, S, SO, SO 2 , NR 6 , SO 2 NR 6 , CONR 6 or NR 6 CO;
  • Ar is arylene
  • Z is hydroxy, acyloxy, carboxyl, esterified carboxyl, amidated carboxyl, aminosulfonyl, (lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl)aminosulfonyl, or (lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl; or Z is tetrazolyl, triazolyl or imidazolyl;
  • Q is a direct bond, lower alkylene, Y 1 -lower alkylene or C 2 -C 7 -alkylene interrupted by Y 1 ;
  • X 1 is —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —P(O)(OR 6 )—
  • R 6 is as defined above;
  • Y is oxygen or sulphur
  • L is optionally substituted -Het-, -Het-CH 2 — or —CH 2 -Het-,
  • Het is a hetero atom selected from O, N or S, and
  • x is zero or one
  • aryl in the above definitions represents carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl
  • composition comprising a compound of formula I as defined above as an active ingredient
  • a method of treating a patient suffering from or susceptible to a disease or medical condition in which a cathepsin is implicated comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of formula I as defined above to the patient;
  • the invention also provides novel dipeptide nitriles.
  • the invention further provides a compound of formula I as defined above provided that when R is lower alkyl not substituted by aryl,
  • R 4 or R 5 is a substituent of formula —X 2 —(Y 1 ) n —(Ar) p -Q-Z,
  • L is —O—, or —CH 2 —O— and X 1 is —C(O)—,
  • R 4 or R 5 is a substituent of formula —X 2 —(Y 1 ) n —(Ar) p -Q-Z, or R is not unsubstituted phenyl,
  • R 3 is not H, —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 —CH—(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 —COOH, or —CH 2 —COO—CH 2 —CH 3 , when R is unsubstituted phenyl,
  • R 3 is not H, —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH 2 —CH—(CH 3 ) 2 , when R is 4-aminophenyl or 4-nitrophenyl,
  • R 3 is not H when R is 3-aminophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl 2-chloropyridin-4-yl, or vinyl or
  • R 3 is not —CH 2 —CH 2 —S—CH 3 when R is pyridin-3-yl or 2-chloropyridin-4-yl,
  • R 5 is not —CH(CH 3 ) 2 ,
  • R 3 ⁇ R 4 ⁇ H R 5 is —CH 2 —CH 2 —COOH, x is zero and X 1 is —C(O)—,
  • R 2 does not form a heterocyclic ring with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and provided that when R 2 ⁇ R 3 ⁇ R 4 ⁇ R 5 ⁇ H, x is zero and X 1 is —SO 2 —,
  • R is not 4-methylphenyl.
  • R, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and L may be further substituted by one or more, e.g. up to 3, substituents independently selected from lower alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —CN, -halogen, —OH, —NO 2 , —NR 9 R 10 , —X 3 —R 7 , lower alkyl-X 3 —R 8 , halo-substituted lower alkyl,
  • R 7 and R 8 are as defined above,
  • the invention provides a compound of formula II, or a physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable ester or a salt thereof
  • R 20 is optionally substituted (aryl, aryl-lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-lower alkyl);
  • R 22 is H, or optionally substituted lower alkyl
  • R 23 is optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl-lower alkyl, or cyloalkyl-lower alkyl) or
  • R 22 and R 23 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted (cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group);
  • R 24 and R 25 are independently H, or optionally substituted (lower alkyl, or aryl-lower alkyl), —C(O)OR 7 , or —C(O)NR 7 R 8
  • R 7 and R 8 are as defined above, or
  • R 24 and R 25 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted (cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group);
  • X 1 is as defined above;
  • Y is oxygen or sulphur
  • L′ is optionally substituted (-Het-CH 2 — or —CH 2 -Het-),
  • x 1 or 0,
  • L is —CH 2 —O— and X 1 is —C(O)—
  • R 23 is not H, —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 —CH—(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 —COOH, or —CH 2 —COO—CH 2 —CH 3 , when R 20 is unsubstituted phenyl,
  • R 23 is not —CH 2 —CH 2 —S—CH 3 when R 20 is pyridin-3-yl or 2-chloropyridin-4-yl,
  • R 25 is not —CH(CH 3 ) 2 ,
  • R 23 ⁇ R 24 ⁇ H R 25 is —CH 2 —CH 2 —COOH, x is zero and X 1 is —C(O)—,
  • R 22 does not form a heterocyclic ring with the adjacent nitrogen atom
  • R 20 is not 4-methylphenyl.
  • R 22 is hydrogen
  • R 24 and R 25 are:
  • R 24 and R 25 are both H or —CH 3 , or
  • R 24 is H and R 25 is optionally substituted (—CH 2 -phenyl, —CH 2 -indolyl, —(CH 2 ) 2 —S—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —(CH 2 ) 4 —NH 2 or —(CH 2 ) 3 -CH 3 ), or yet more preferably R 4 and R 5 are both —CH 3 , or especially R 4 and R 5 are both H.
  • Y is ⁇ O.
  • x is 0, or when x is 1 L′ is —CH 2 —O—, —NH—CH 2 —, —O—CH 2 — or —S—CH 2 .
  • the invention provides a compound of formula II′ or a physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable ester or a salt thereof
  • R 20 ′ is optionally substituted (C 6 -C 18 aryl or C 4 -C 18 heteroaryl);
  • R 24 ′ and R 25 ′ are independently H, or optionally substituted (C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 7 -C 14 aralkyl, or C 5 -C 14 heteroaralkyl), —C(O)OR 6 ′, or —C(O)NR 6 ′R 7 ′,
  • R 6 ′ is optionally substituted (C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 7 -C 14 aralkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 4 -C 7 heterocycloalkyl, C 5 -C 14 heteroaralkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, or C 4 -C 14 heteroaryl), and
  • R 24 ′ and R 25 ′ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group or C 4 -C 7 heterocycloalkyl group);
  • X is —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —P(O)(OR 6 ′)—
  • Y is oxygen or sulphur
  • L′ is optionally substituted (-Het-CH 2 — or —CH 2 -Het-),
  • x 1 or 0,
  • L′ is —CH 2 —O— and X, is —C(O)—
  • R 20 ,′ is not unsubstituted phenyl
  • R 23 ′ is not H, —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 —CH—(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 —COOH, or —CH 2 —COO—CH 2 —CH 3 , when R 20 ′ is unsubstituted phenyl,
  • R 23 ′ is not H, —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH 2 —CH—(CH 3 ) 2 , when R 20 ′ is 4-aminophenyl or 4-nitrophenyl,
  • R 23 ′ is not H when R 20 ′ is 3-aminophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 2-chloropyridin-4-yl, or vinyl, or
  • R 23 ′ is not —CH 2 —CH 2 —S—CH 3 when R 20 ′ is pyridin-3-yl or 2-chloropyridin-4-yl, provided that when R 22 ′ ⁇ R 23 ′ ⁇ R 24 ′ ⁇ H, x is zero and X 1 is —C(O)— and R 20 ′ is phenyl,
  • R 25 ′ is not —CH(CH 3 ) 2 ,
  • R 23 ′ ⁇ R 24 ′ ⁇ H R 25 ′ is —CH 2 —CH 2 COOH, x is zero and X 1 is —C(O)—,
  • R 20 ′ does not form a heterocyclic ring with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and provided that when R 22 ′ ⁇ R 23 ′ ⁇ R 24 ′ ⁇ R 25 ′ H, x is zero and X 1 is —SO 2 —,
  • R 20 ′ is not 4-methylphenyl.
  • Compounds of formula II′ are typically selective inhibitors of cathepsin K.
  • R 30 is an acyl group derived from an organic carboxylic, carbonic, carbamic or sulfonic acid
  • R 32 and R 33 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, or (aryl, biaryl, cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl)-lower alkyl; or R 32 and R 33 together represent lower alkylene so as to form a ring together with the carbon to which they are attached;
  • R 34 is hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • X 2 , Y 1 , Ar, Q, Z, n and p are as previously defined;
  • the invention further provides a compound of formula III as defined above, wherein R 30 is an acyl group derived from an organic carboxylic, carbamic or sulfonic acid
  • Compounds of formula III are typically selective inhibitors of cathepsin B and/or L.
  • Y 1 is O, S, SO, SO 2 , N(R 6 )SO 2 or N—R 6 ;
  • R 6 is as defined above and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III are those in which Z is carboxyl or carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester.
  • a particular embodiment of the invention relates to the compounds of formula III wherein n is zero, in particular those of formula III′
  • R 30 , X 2 , Ar, Q, and p are as defined above; and wherein
  • R 33 ′ is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl
  • Z′ is bydroxy, acyloxy, carboxyl, carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester or amide, or 5-tetrazolyl;
  • R 30 is carboxylic acid derived acyl
  • R 33 ′ is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl
  • X 2 is C 1 -C 5 -alkylene, or X 2 is C 2 -C 4 -alkylene interrupted by O or S
  • p is one
  • Ar is carbocyclic arylene
  • Q is a direct bond or C 1 -C 4 -alkylene
  • Z is carboxyl or carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • R 30 is aroyl, R 33 ′ is carbocyclic aryl-methyl; X 2 is C 3 -alkylene; or X 2 is C 2 -alkylene interrupted by O; p is one; Ar is phenylene; Q is a direct bond; and Z is carboxyl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • a further particular embodiment of the invention relates to the compounds of formula III wherein n is one, in particular those of formula III′′
  • R 30 , R 33 ′, Y 1 , Ar, and Z′ are as defined above;
  • X 2 ′ is lower alkylene
  • Q′ is a direct bond or lower alkylene; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • a specific embodiment of the invention is directed to the compounds of formula III′′ wherein R 30 is carboxylic acid derived acyl; R 33 ′ is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl; X 2 ′ is C 1 -C 4 -alkylene; Y 1 is O or S; Ar is carbocyclic arylene; Q′ is a direct bond or C 1 -C 4 -alkylene; and Z′ is carboxyl or carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • a more specific embodiment of the invention is directed to said compounds of formula III′′ wherein R 30 is aroyl, R 33 ′ is carbocyclic aryl-methyl; X 2 ′ is C 2 -alkylene; Y, is O; Ar is phenylene; Q′ is a direct bond; and Z′ is carboxyl, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • a yet further aspect of the invention is directed to a compound of formula IV
  • R 40 is substituted phenyl or heterocyclic aryl, (mono- or di-carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl)-lower alkyl or lower alkenyl, or heterocyclyl;
  • R 42 is hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • R 43 is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl
  • R 44 and R 45 are independently hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • R 44 and R 45 combined represent lower alkylene
  • R 40 is morpholino, substituted phenyl or heterocyclic aryl;
  • R 42 is hydrogen;
  • R 43 is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl;
  • R 44 and R 45 are hydrogen or lower alkyl; or
  • R 44 and R 45 combined represent ethylene to form a cyclopropyl ring.
  • R 40 is pyrazolyl or pyrazolyl substituted by 1-3 lower alkyl
  • R 42 is hydrogen
  • R 43 is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl
  • R 44 and R 45 are hydrogen
  • R 44 and R 45 combined are ethylene.
  • Compounds of formula IV are typically selective inhibitors of cathepsin L and/or S.
  • the compounds of formulae I, II, III and IV depending on the nature of substituents, possess one or more asymmetric carbon atoms.
  • the resulting diastereomers and enantiomers are encompassed by the instant invention.
  • the compounds of formulae I, II, III and IV are provided in pure or substantially pure epimeric form, e.g. as compositions in which the compounds are present in a form comprising at least 90%, e.g. preferably at least 95% of a single epimer (i.e. comprising less than 10%, e.g. preferably less than 5% of other epimeric forms).
  • Preferred compounds of formula I are those wherein the asymmetric carbon to which are attached R 2 and/or R 3 corresponds to that of an L-amino acid precursor and the asymmetric carbon to which is attached the cyano group also corresponds to that of an L-amino acid and is generally assigned the (S)-configuration.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I wherein R 3 and R 4 represent hydrogen can be represented by formulae V, V′ and V′′, corresponding to preferred compounds of formulae II, III and IV respectively
  • the invention provides a compound of formula V, V′ or V′′
  • lower referred to above and hereinafter in connection with organic radicals or compounds respectively defines such as branched or unbranched with up to and including 7, preferably up to and including 4 and advantageously one or two carbon atoms.
  • a lower alkyl group is branched or unbranched and contains 1 to 7 carbon atoms, preferably 1-4 carbon atoms.
  • Lower alkyl represents for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl or isobutyl.
  • Lower alkenyl represents either straight chain or branched alkenyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, preferably 2-4 carbon atoms, e.g. as vinyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl or butadienyl.
  • Lower alkynyl represents either straight chain or branched alkynyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, preferably 2-4 carbon atoms, e.g. as acetylenyl, propenyl, isopropynyl, butynyl or isobutynyl.
  • Lower alkyl, lower alkenyl and lower alkynyl may be substituted by up to 3 substituents selected from lower alkoxy, aryl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, or trifluoromethyl.
  • Lower alkylene represents either straight chain or branched alkylene of 1 to 7 carbon atoms and represents preferably straight chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. a methylene, ethylene, propylene or butylene chain, or said methylene, ethylene, propylene or butylene chain mono-substituted by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, (advantageously methyl) or disubstituted on the same or different carbon atoms by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl (advantageously methyl), the total number of carbon atoms being up to and including 7.
  • a lower alkoxy (or alkyloxy) group preferably contains 1-4 carbon atoms, advantageously 1-3 carbon atoms, and represents for example ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, or most advantageously methoxy.
  • Halogen preferably represents chloro or fluoro but may also be bromo or iodo.
  • An acyl group as represented by R 30 is preferably derived from an organic carbonic acid, an organic carboxylic acid, a carbamic acid or an organic sulfonic acid.
  • Acyl which is derived from a carboxylic acid represents, for example, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aroyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, (oxa or thia)-cycloalkylcarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, (lower alkoxy, hydroxy or acyloxy)-lower alkanoyl, (mono- or di-carbocyclic or heterocyclic)-(lower alkanoyl or lower alkoxy-, hydroxy- or acyloxy-substituted lower alkanoyl), or biaroyl.
  • Carbocyclic aroyl represents, for instance, benzoyl, benzoyl substituted, by one to three substituents selected independently from e.g. halo, trifluoromethyl, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy, methylenedioxy, nitro, di-lower alkylamino, cyano, or carbocyclic aroyl represents e.g. 1- or 2-naphthoyl.
  • Heterocyclic aroyl represents, for instance, 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyl (such as nicotinoyl), furoyl, thienoyl, oxazoloyl, isoxazoloyl, quinoxaloyl, each optionally substituted by e.g. halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or nitro.
  • (Oxa- or thia)-cyclolalkylcarbonyl is, for example, tetrahydrofuranoyl or tetrahydrothienoyl.
  • Di-(carbocyclic or heterocyclic)aryl-lower alkanoyl is, for example, diphenylacetyl or dipyridylacetyl.
  • Aryl-(lower alkoxy, hydroxy or acyloxy substituted) lower alkanoyl is, for example, phenyl-(2-alkoxy, hydroxy or acyloxy)-acetyl.
  • Biaroyl is, for example, 2, 3 or 4-biphenylcarbonyl.
  • Acyl which is derived from an organic carbonic acid is, for example, alkoxycarbonyl, especially lower alkoxycarbonyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl or is cycloalkoxycarbonyl, especially C 3 -C 7 -cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl.
  • Acyl which is derived from a carbamic acid is, for example, aminocarbonyl which is optionally substituted on nitrogen by one or two of lower alkyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl, or by lower alkylene or lower alkylene interrupted by O or S.
  • Acyl which is derived from an organic sulfonic acid represents, for example, lower alkylsulfonyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic arylsulfonyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkysulfonyl, in which aryl is e.g. phenyl, naphthyl or thienyl, such being optionally substituted by, for example, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl.
  • Aryl represents carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl.
  • Oxy-C 2 -C 3 -alkylene is also a divalent substituent attached to two adjacent carbon atoms of phenyl, e.g. oxyethylene or oxypropylene.
  • phenyl e.g. oxyethylene or oxypropylene.
  • An example for oxy-C 2 -C 3 -alkylene-phenyl is 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl.
  • carbocyclic aryl is naphthyl, phenyl or phenyl mono- or disubstituted by lower alkoxy, phenyl, halogen, lower alkyl or trifluoromethyl, especially phenyl or phenyl mono- or disubstituted by lower alkoxy, halogen or trifluoromethyl, and in particular phenyl.
  • substituted phenyl groups as R are, e.g. 4-chlorophen-1-yl, 3,4-dichlorophen-1yl, 4-methoxyphen-1-yl, 4-methylphen-1-yl, 4-aminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-methoxyethylaminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-hydroxyethylaminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-hydroxyethyl (methyl)-aminomethylphen-1-yl, 3-aminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-N-acetylaminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-aminophen-1-yl, 3-aminophen-1-yl, 2-aminophen-1-yl, 4-phenyl-phen-1-yl, 4-(imidazol-1-yl)-phen-I-yl, 4-(imidazol-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(morpholin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(morpholin-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1
  • Heterocyclic aryl represents monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, for example pyridyl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, or any said radical substituted, especially mono- or di-substituted, by e.g. lower alkyl, nitro or halogen.
  • Pyridyl represents 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, advantageously 2- or 3-pyridyl.
  • Thienyl represents 2- or 3-thienyl.
  • Quinolinyl represents preferably 2-, 3- or 4-quinolinyl.
  • Isoquinolinyl represents preferably 1-, 3- or 4-isoquinolinyl.
  • Benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl represent preferably 3-benzopyranyl or 3-benzothiopyranyl, respectively.
  • Thiazolyl represents preferably 2- or 4-thiazolyl, advantageously 4-thiazolyl.
  • Triazolyl is preferably 1-, 2- or 5-(1,2,4-triazolyl).
  • Tetrazolyl is preferably 5-tetrazolyl.
  • heterocyclic aryl is pyridyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, or any said radical substituted, especially mono-or di-substituted, by lower alkyl or halogen; and in particular pyridyl.
  • Arylene (Ar in formula III) is an aryl linking group in which aryl is heterocyclic or carbocyclic aryl, preferably monocyclic as defined above.
  • a heterocyclic aryl linking group is for instance (but not limited thereto) 1,3-pyrazolyl, 2,4-or 2,5-pyridyl or 1,4-imidazolyl in which the groups as depicted in formula III are attached to the ring at the indicated positions.
  • a carbocyclic aryl linking group is for instance (but not limited thereto) optionally substituted phenyl in which the two groups as depicted in formula I are attached ortho, meta or para to each other.
  • Biaryl may be carbocyclic biaryl, preferably e.g. biphenyl, namely 2, 3 or 4-biphenyl, advantageously 4-biphenyl, each optionally substituted by e.g. lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halogen, trifluoromethyl or cyano, or heterocyclic-carbocyclic biaryl, preferably e.g. thienylphenyl, pyrrolylphenyl and pyrazolylphenyl.
  • Cycloalkyl represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon optionally substituted by lower alkyl which contains 3 to 10 ring carbons and is advantageously cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl optionally substituted by lower alkyl.
  • Bicycloalkyl is for example norbornanyl.
  • Heterocyclyl represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon containing one or more, preferably 1 or 2, hetero atoms selected from O, N or S, and from 3 to 10, preferably 5 to 8, ring atoms; for example, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholino.
  • Aryl-lower alkyl represents preferably (carbocyclic aryl or heterocylic aryl)-lower alkyl.
  • Carbocyclic aryl-lower alkyl represents preferably straight chain or branched aryl-C 1-4 -alkyl in which carbocyclic aryl has meaning as defined above, e.g. benzyl or phenyl-(ethyl, propyl of butyl), each unsubstituted or substituted on phenyl ring as defined under carbocyclic aryl above, advantageously optionally substituted benzyl, e.g. benzyl substituted or phenyl lay lower alkyl.
  • Heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl represents preferably straight chain or branched heterocyclic aryl-C 1-4 -alkyl in which heterocyclic aryl has meaning as defined above, e.g. 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl or (2, 3- or 4-pyridyl)-(ethyl, propyl or butyl); or 2- or 3-thienylmethyl or (2- or 3-thienyl)-(ethyl, propyl or butyl); 2-, 3- or 4-quinolinylmethyl or (2-, 3- or 4-quinolinyl)-(ethyl, propyl or butyl); or 2- or 4-thiazolylmethyl or (2- or 4-thiazolyl)-(ethyl, propyl or butyl).
  • Cycloalkyl-lower alkyl represents e.g. (cyclopentyl- or cyclohexyl)-(methyl or ethyl).
  • Biaryl-lower alkyl represents e.g. 4-biphenylyl-(methyl or ethyl).
  • Acyl as in acyloxy is derived from an organic carboxylic acid, carbonic acid or carbamic acid.
  • Acyl represents e.g. lower alkanoyl, carbocyclic aryl-lower alkanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, aroyl, di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl or di-lower alkylamino-lower alkanoyl.
  • acyl is lower alkanoyl.
  • Lower alkanoyl represents e.g. C 1-7 -alkanoyl including formyl, and is preferably C 2-4 -alkanoyl such as acetyl or propionyl.
  • Aroyl represents e.g. benzoyl or benzoyl mono- or di-substituted by one or two radicals selected from lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halogen, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or 1- or 2-naphthoyl; and also e.g. pyridylcarbonyl.
  • Lower alkoxycarbonyl represents preferably C 1-4 -alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. ethoxycarbonyl.
  • Esterified carboxyl is carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, for example lower alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl or allyloxycarbonyl.
  • Amidated carboxyl is carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable amide, for example aminocarbonyl, mono- or di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl.
  • salts of the acidic compounds of the invention are salts formed with bases, namely cationic salts such as alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, such as sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, as well as ammonium salts, such as ammonium, trimethyl-ammonium, diethyl ammonium, and tris-(hydroxymethyl)-methyl-ammonium salts.
  • bases namely cationic salts such as alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, such as sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, as well as ammonium salts, such as ammonium, trimethyl-ammonium, diethyl ammonium, and tris-(hydroxymethyl)-methyl-ammonium salts.
  • cationic salts such as alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, such as sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium
  • ammonium salts such as ammonium, trimethyl-ammonium, diethyl ammonium, and tris-(hydroxymethyl)-methyl-ammonium
  • the compounds of the invention exhibit valuable pharmacological properties in mammals and are particularly useful as cysteine cathepsin inhibitors.
  • the cathepsin inhibitory effects of the compound of the invention can be determined in vitro by measuring the inhibition of e.g. recombinant human cathepsins B, K, L and S.
  • the buffer used in the cathepsin B, L and S assays is a 0.1 M pH 5.8 phosphate buffer containing EDTA (1.33 mM), DTT (2.7 mM) and Brij (0.03%).
  • the in vitro assays are carried out as follows:
  • Compounds of the Invention are particularly useful in mammals as agents for treatment and prophylaxis of diseases and medical conditions involving elevated levels of cathepsins.
  • diseases include diseases involving infection by organisms such as pneumocystis carinii, trypsanoma cruzi; trypsanoma brucei, crithidia fusiculata, as well as parasitic diseases such as schistosomiasis-and malaria, tumours (tumour invasion and tumour metastasis), and other diseases such as metachromatic leukodystrophy, muscular dystrophy, amytrophy and similar diseases.
  • Cathepsins in particular K
  • Cathepsins have been implicated in diseases of excessive bone loss
  • the Compounds of the Invention may be used for treatment and prophylaxis of such diseases, including osteoporosis, gingival diseases such as gingivitis and periodontitis, Paget's disease, hypercalcemia of malignancy, e.g. tumour-induced hypercalcemia and metabolic bone disease.
  • the Compounds of the Invention may be use for treatment or prophylaxis of diseases of excessive cartilage or matrix degradation, including osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis as well as certain neoplastic diseases involving expression of high levels of proteolytic enzymes and matrix degradation.
  • Compounds of the Invention are also indicated for preventing or treating coronary disease, atherosclerosis (including atherosclerotic plaque rupture and destabilization), autoimmune diseases, respiratory diseases and immunologically mediated diseases (including transplant rejection).
  • Compounds of the Invention are particularly indicated for preventing or treating osteoporosis of various genesis (e.g. juvenile, menopausal, post-menopausal, post-traumatic, caused by old age or by cortico-steroid therapy or inactivity).
  • various genesis e.g. juvenile, menopausal, post-menopausal, post-traumatic, caused by old age or by cortico-steroid therapy or inactivity.
  • compositions e.g. preferably aqueous solutions or suspensions, and in vivo either enterally or parenterally, advantageously orally, e.g. as a suspension or in aqueous solution, or as a solid capsule formulation.
  • the dosage in vitro may range between about 10 ⁇ 5 molar and 10 ⁇ 9 molar concentrations.
  • the dosage in vivo may range, depending on the route of administration, between about 0.1 and 100 mg/kg.
  • the antiarthritic efficacy of the compounds of the invention for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis can be determined using models such as or similar to the rat model of adjuvant arthritis, as described previously (R. E. Esser, et. al. J. Rheumatology, 1993, 20, 1176.)
  • the efficacy of the compounds of the invention for the treatment of osteoarthritis can be determined using models such as or similar to the rabbit partial lateral meniscectomy model, as described previously (Colombo et al. Arth. Rheum. 1993 26, 875-886).
  • the efficacy of the compounds in the model can be quantified using histological scoring methods, as described previously (O'Byrne et al. Inflamm Res 1995, 44, S117-S118).
  • the efficacy of the compounds of the invention for the treatment of osteoporosis can be determined using an animal model such as the ovarectomised rat or other similar species in which test compounds are administered to the animal and the presence of markers of bone resorption are measured in urine or serum.
  • the compounds of the invention are prepared by:
  • R, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have meaning as previously defined for the compounds of formula I to a nitrile of formula I;
  • R, R 2 and R 3 have meaning as defined above; or with a reactive derivative thereof; or
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have meaning as defined hereinabove with an acid corresponding to the group R-[L] x -X 1 — or with a reactive derivative thereof; and in the above processes, if required, temporarily protecting any interfering reactive groups and then isolating the resulting compound of the invention; and, if desired, converting any resulting compound into another compound of the invention; and/or if desired, converting a resulting compound into a salt or a resulting salt into the free acid or base or into another salt.
  • the conversion of primary amides of formula V to the nitriles of formula I, according to process (a), can be carried out according to methods well known in the art for the dehydration of a primary amide to a nitrile, e.g. with thionyl chloride in the presence of a base.
  • a preferred procedure involves the treatment with oxalyl chloride and pyridine in DMF at or below room temperature as illustrated in the examples.
  • the starting materials of formula VI can be prepared by condensing an amino acid amide of formula IX
  • R 4 , and R 5 have meaning as defined above with an acid of the formula VIII, in protected form as appropriate.
  • the condensation can be carried out according to methods well-known in the art, e.g. by reacting a mixed anhydride or an acyl halide of the acid of formula VIII e.g. the acid chloride, with an amino acid amide of formula IX, in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride, in the presence of a base, such as an amine like triethylamine or pyridine.
  • acylation of an acid of formula VIII with an amino acid amide of formula IX can also be carried out in the presence of a condensing agent such as N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethyl-carbodiimide, optionally in the presence of e.g. hydroxybenzotriazole or 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzo-triazole, and a base such as N-methylmorpholine.
  • a condensing agent such as N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethyl-carbodiimide
  • amino acid amides of formula IX are either known or can be prepared according to methodology known in the art and illustrated herein.
  • Acidic Compounds of the Invention may be converted into metal salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases, e.g. an aqueous alkali metal hydroxide, advantageously in the presence of an ethereal or alcoholic solvent, such as a lower alkanol. Resulting salts may be converted into the free compounds by treatment with acids. These or other salts can also be used for purification of the compounds obtained. Ammonium salts are obtained by reaction with the appropriate amine, e.g. diethylamine, and the like.
  • Compounds of the Invention having basic groups can be converted into acid addition salts, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts. These are formed, for example, with inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, a phosphoric or hydrohalic acid, or with organic carboxylic acids, such as (C 1 -C 4 )alkanecarboxylic acids which, for example, are unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, for example acetic acid, such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, succinic, maleic or fumaric acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as amino acids, for example aspartic or glutamic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as (C 1 -C 4 )-alkylsulfonic acids (for example methanesulfonic acid) or arylsulfonic acids which are unsubstituted or
  • the compounds, including their salts, can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or include other solvents used for their crystallization.
  • compositions according to the invention are those suitable for enteral, such as oral or rectal, transdermal, topical, and parenteral administration to mammals, including man, to inhibit cathepsin activity, and for the treatment of cathepsin dependent disorders, in particular inflammation, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis, and comprise an effective amount of a pharmacologically active compound of the invention, alone or in combination, with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • compositions comprise an effective cathepsin inhibiting amount of a Compound of the Invention.
  • the pharmacologically active Compounds of the Invention are useful in the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount thereof in conjunction or admixture with excipients or carriers suitable for either enteral or parenteral application.
  • Preferred are tablets and gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient together with a) diluents, e.g. lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose and/or glycine; b) lubricants, e.g. silica, talcum, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salt and/or polyethyleneglycol; for tablets also c) binders e.g.
  • Injectable compositions are preferably aqueous isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are advantageously prepared from fatty emulsions or suspensions.
  • compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances.
  • adjuvants such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers.
  • Said compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and contain about 0.1 to 75%, preferably about 1 to 50%, of the active ingredient.
  • Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art.
  • Suitable formulations for transdermal application include an effective amount of a compound of the invention with carrier.
  • Advantageous carriers include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the host.
  • transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound of the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • Matrix transdermal formulations may also be used.
  • Suitable formulations for topical application are preferably aqueous solutions, ointments, creams or gels well-known in the art. Such may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations contain an effective cathepsin inhibiting amount of a Compound of the Invention as defined above, either alone or in combination with another therapeutic agent.
  • a Compound of the Invention may be administered either simultaneously, before or after the other active ingredient, either separately by the same or different route of administration or together in the same pharmaceutical formulation.
  • the dosage of active compound administered is dependent on the species of warm-blooded animal (mammal), the body weight, age and individual condition, and on the form of administration.
  • a unit-dosage for oral administration to a mammal of about 50 to 70 kg may contain between about 5 and 500 mg of the active ingredient.
  • the present invention also relates to methods of using Compounds of the Invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, in mammals for inhibiting cathepsins, such as cathepsin B, K, L and/or S, and for the treatment of cathepsin dependent conditions, such as cathepsin B, K, L and/or S dependent conditions, described herein, e.g. inflammation, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis.
  • cathepsins such as cathepsin B, K, L and/or S
  • cathepsin dependent conditions such as cathepsin B, K, L and/or S dependent conditions, described herein, e.g. inflammation, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis.
  • the present invention relates to a method of selectively inhibiting cathepsin activity in a mammal which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective cathepsin inhibiting amount of a Compound of the Invention.
  • Such relates to a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, and inflammation (and other diseases as identified above) in mammals comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a correspondingly effective amount of a Compound of the Invention.
  • the title compound is prepared from 1-cyclohexane carboxylic acid (7 mmol), Fmoc-CI (7.7 mmol) and NaOH (14 mmol) in the usual manner in 18% yield.
  • Boc-2-Aminoisobutyric acid amide is dissolved in 4N hydrochloride in dioxane. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 60 min. Diethylether is added to the solution to give a white precipitate, which is collected in 91% yield by filtration. The crude product is used for the next coupling without further purification.
  • N-Tertbutyloxycarbonyl-isoleucine semihydrate (3 g, 12.5 mmol), HOBt (3.71 g, 27.5 mmol, 2.2 eq.) and aminoacetonitrile hydrochloride (1.27 g, 13.7 mmol, 1.1 eq.) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (36 ml) and WSCD (2.5 ml, 13.7 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added. After stirring for 1 hour at rt, 4% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with sodium bicarbonate and dilute hydrochloric acid, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated, to give the product in quantitative yield.
  • N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine methylester (3.14 g, 10.5 mmol) is stirred in a mixture of methanol (35 ml) and 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (16.8 ml; 1.6 eq.). After 3 hours at rt the mixture is heated for 1 hour at 40° C. 1 N hydrochloric acid and brine is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to give the product in quantitative yield (partly epimerized).
  • N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine 250 mg, 0.87 mmol
  • (S)-1-cyano-3-methyl-butylamine 143 mg, 0.96 mmol, Meq.
  • HOBt 260 mg, 1.93 mmol, 2.2 eq.
  • dimethylfonnamide 5 ml
  • WSCD 0.17 ml, 0.96 mmol, 1.1 eq.
  • 4% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layer is washed with sodium bicarbonate and dilute hydrochloric acid, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel (hexane/ethyl acetate 2/1) gives the product in 68% yield (mixture of epimers).
  • the title compound is prepared analogously is prepared similar to N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine (see above) in 98% yield, starting from leucine methylester.
  • N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-leucine 250 mg, 0.88 mmol
  • (S)-1-cyano-3-methyl-butylamine 143 mg, 0.96 mmol, 1.1 eq.
  • HOBt 260 mg, 1.93 mmol, 2.2 eq.
  • dimethylformamide 5 ml
  • WSCD 0.18 ml, 0.97 mmol, 1.1 eq.
  • the title compound is prepared analogously to the compound of Example 22.
  • N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-leucine and 1-cyano-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylamine (CAS 169545-97-5) are reacted by the same procedure as for Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-3-methyl-butylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-amide, to give the product in 36% yield after chromatography on silica gel (hexane/ethyl acetate 1/1) (mixture of epimers).
  • N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-1-cyano-1-methyl-ethylamine (3.09 g, 16.8 mmol) is dissolved in dioxane (15 ml) and 4N hydrochloric acid-dioxane (25 ml) is added at 0°.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 0° for 1.5 hours, then at rt for 1 hour.
  • the mixture is concentrated and diethyl ether is added.
  • the resulting white precipitate is washed with diethyl ether and dried to give the product in 83% yield.
  • the crude product is used for the next coupling without further purification.
  • Boc-1-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid (40 mmol), HOBt (40 mmol) and WSCD (42 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (75 ml) and stirred for 15 min. at RT.
  • 2-aminoacetonitrile hydrochloride (40mmol) and triethylamine (40 mmol) are suspended in DMF (25 ml) and added to the reaction mixture which is stirred at 25° C. over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated.
  • the reaction mixture is diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 (40 ml), washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of.
  • Boc-Leu-OH (62 mmol), HOBt (62 mmol) and WSCD (62 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (150 ml) and stirred for 15 min. at RT.
  • 2-Amino-2-methyl-propionamide hydrochloride (62 mmol) and triethylamine (62 mmol) are suspended in DMF (25 ml) and added to the reaction mixture which is stirred at 25° C. over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated.
  • Boc-Leu-Leu-OH (Bachem, 43.6 mmol) is dissolved in THF (250 ml) and N-methylmorpholine (43.6 mmol) is added. The mixture is cooled to ⁇ 20° C. and isobutyl chloroformate (43.6 mmol) is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred for 10 min. and then a 25% aqueous solution of ammonia (52.3 mmol) is added at ⁇ 20° C. The mixture is stirred for 3 hours at ⁇ 20° C. to ⁇ 10° C. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated.
  • Compounds of Examples 1 to 153 are typically selective inhibitors of cathepsin K and generally have IC 50 s for inhibition of human cathepsin K of from about 100 to about 1 nM or less, e.g. about 0.5 nM.
  • the cathepsin K selective compounds of the invention are particularly indicated for preventing or treating osteoporosis of various genesis (e.g. juvenile, menopausal, post-menopausal, post-traumatic, caused by old age or by cortico-steroid therapy or inactivity).
  • various genesis e.g. juvenile, menopausal, post-menopausal, post-traumatic, caused by old age or by cortico-steroid therapy or inactivity.
  • the compounds of Table 9 are typically selective inhibitors for cathepsin L, having IC 50 s for cathepsin L inhibition which are preferably in the range from about 100 to about 1 nM.
  • IC 50 s for cathepsin L inhibition which are preferably in the range from about 100 to about 1 nM.
  • the compounds of Table 10 are inhibitors of cathepsin L and cathepsin S, having IC 50 s for inhibition of cathepsin L in the range from about 100 to about 50 nM and IC 20 s for inhibition of cathepsin S in the range from about 50 to about 10 nM.
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.057 mL, 0.084 g, 0.66 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (10 ML), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution becomes clear, pyridine (0.11 mL, 0.10 g, 1.31 mmol) is added, followed by N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[3 (methoxy-carbonyl)-phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide (0.20 g, 0.329 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C.
  • reaction mixure is cooled to 0° C. and 1 N HCl (800 mL) is added.
  • the organic phase is washed with 1 N HCl (2 ⁇ 700 mL), then washed with saturated NaHCO 3 (700 mL), then dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated in vacuo to yield O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide as a thick oil, which is used as is in the subsequent step.
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.046 mL, 0.36 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (5 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution is clear, pyridine (0.032 mL, 0.40 mmol) is added, followed by N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[5-(methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-L-serinamide (0.20 g, 0.33 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C.
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.29 mL, 2.90 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (20 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution becomes clear, pyridine (0.54 mL, 5.8 mmol) is added, followed by N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-S-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenyl]-methyl]-L-cysteinamide (0.90 g,1.51 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C.
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.082 mL, 0.94 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (20 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution becomes clear, pyridine (0.15 mL, 1.88 mmol) is added, followed by N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-(aminocarbonyl)butyl]-3methyl-N ⁇ -(2,2-diphenyl-acetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (0.28 g, 0.47 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C.
  • N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-(S)-propargylglycine (2.44 g, 11.45 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (50 mL) is added N-methylmorpholine (3.78 mL, 34.4 mmol) in one portion.
  • N-methylmorpholine (3.78 mL, 34.4 mmol)
  • ammonia gas is bubbled into the reaction mixture at a moderately vigorous rate for 15 minutes.
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.12 mL, 1.39 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (10 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution is clear, pyridine (0.22 mL, 2.78 mmol) is added, followed by N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonylphenyl)-1(S)-(aminocarbonyl)butyl]-3-methyl-N ⁇ -(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (0.42 g, 0.70 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C.
  • the compounds of Examples 302 to 419 are selective inhibitors of cathepsin B, having IC 50 s for inhibition of cathepsin B, in the in vitro cathepsin B assay described above, which are typically in the range from about 5 nM to about 1000 nM.
  • the IC 50 in the in vitro cathepsin B assay is about 5 nM for the compound of example 303.
  • the Compounds of the Invention described above in Examples 154 to 419 may be used for treatment or prophylaxis of diseases or medical conditions mediated by cathepsin L, S or B; for instance as hereinbefore described.
  • Example 420 Preparation of 1,000 capsules each containing 25 mg of a Compound of the Invention, using the following ingredients: Compound of the Invention 25.00 g Lactose 192.00 g Modified starch 80.00 g Magnesium stearate 3.00 g

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

N-terminal substituted dipeptide nitriles as defined are useful as inhibitors of cysteine cathepsins, e.g. cathepsins B, K, L and S, and can be used for the treatment of cysteine cathepsin dependent diseases and conditions, including inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, tumors (especially tumor invasion and tumor metastasis), coronary disease, atherosclerosis (including atherosclerotic plaque rupture and destabilization). Particular dipeptide nitriles are compounds of formula I, or physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable esters or a salts thereof
Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00001
wherein: the symbols are as defined.
In particular it has been found that by appropriate choice of groups R, R2, R3, R4, R5, X1, Y and L, the relative selectivity of the compounds as inhibitors of the various cysteine cathepsin types, e.g. cathepsins B, K, L and S may be altered, e.g. to obtain inhibitors which selectively inhibit a particular cathepsin type or combination of cathepsin types.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This application is a continuation of application Ser. No. 10/694,672, filed on Oct. 28, 2003, which is a continuation of application Ser. No. 10/342,872, filed on Jan. 15, 2003, which is a continuation of application Ser. No. 10/054,590, filed on Jan. 22, 2002, which is a continuation of application Ser. No. 09/643,639, filed on Aug. 22, 2000, which is a continuation of application Ser. No. 09/186,223, filed on Nov. 4, 1998, which claims the benefit of provisional application Ser. No. 60/108,160, filed on Dec. 5, 1997, which was converted from application Ser. No. 08/985,973, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Description of the Related Art
  • This invention relates to inhibitors of cysteine proteases, in particular to dipeptide nitrile cathepsin inhibitors and to their pharmaceutical use for the treatment or prophylaxis of diseases or medical conditions in which cathepsins are implicated.
  • The cysteine cathepsins, e.g. cathepsins B, K, L and S, are a class of lysosomal enzymes which are implicated in various disorders including inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, tumors (especially tumor invasion and tumor metastasis), coronary disease, atherosclerosis (including atherosclerotic plaque rupture and destabilization), autoimmune diseases, respiratory diseases, infectious diseases and immununologically mediated diseases (including transplant rejection).
  • In accordance with the invention it has been found that dipeptide nitrites are particularly useful as cysteine cathepsin inhibitors and can be used for the treatment of the above-cited cysteine cathepsin dependent conditions.
  • Accordingly the present invention provides an N-terminal-substituted dipeptide nitrile, i.e. a dipeptide in which the C-terminal carboxy group of the dipeptide is replaced by a nitrile group (—C≡N) and in which the N-terminal nitrogen atom is substituted via a peptide or pseudopeptide linkage which optionally additionally comprises a —methylene-hetero atom—linker or an additional hetero atom, directly by aryl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or heterocyclyl, or a physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable ester or a salt thereof, for use as a pharmaceutical.
  • The invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an N-terminal-substituted dipeptide nitrile as defined above as an active ingredient.
  • The invention also provides a method of treating a patient suffering from or susceptible to a disease or medical condition in which a cathepsin is implicated, comprising administering an effective amount of an N-terminal-substituted dipeptide nitrile as defined above to the patient.
  • The invention further includes the use of an N-terminal-substituted dipeptide nitrile as defined above for the preparation of a medicament for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a disease or medical condition in which a cathepsin is implicated.
  • The dipeptide nitrile of the invention conveniently comprises α-amino acid residues, including both natural and unnatural α-amino acid residues. Herein the “natural α-amino acid residues” denote the 20 amino acids obtainable by translation of RNA according to the genetic code or the corresponding nitrites thereof, as appropriate. “Unnatural α-amino acid residues” are α-amino acids which have α-substituents other than those found in “natural α-amino acid residues. Preferred a-amino acid residues, as the C-terminal amino acid residue of the dipeptide nitrile, are the nitrites of tryptophan, 2-benzyloxymethyl-2-amino-acetic acid, 2,2-dimethyl-2-amino-acetic acid, 2-butyl-2-amino-acetic acid, methionine, leucine, lysine, alanine, phenylalanine, and glycine and derivatives thereof, e.g. as hereinafter described. Preferred amino acid residues as the N-terminal amino acid residue of the dipeptide nitrile are 1-amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 1-amino-cycloheptanecarboxylic acid, phenylalanine, histidine, tryptophan and leucine and derivatives thereof, e.g. as hereinafter described.
  • The aryl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or heterocyclyl substituent (hereinafter referred to as R) is attached to the N-terminal nitrogen atom of the dipeptide via a peptide linkage, i.e. as R—C(O)—NH—, or via a pseudopeptide linkage. Suitable pseudopeptide linkages include sulphur in place of oxygen and sulphur and phosphorous in place of carbon, e.g. as R—C(S)—NH—, R—S(O)—NH—, R—S(O)2NH— or R—P(O)2—NH and analogues thereof. Additionally the peptide or pseudopeptide linkage between the R substituent and the N-terminal nitrogen atom may comprise an additional hetero atom, e.g. as R-Het-C(O)—NH—, or a —methylene-hetero atom—linker, e.g. as R-Het-CH2—C(O)—NH— or R—CH2-Het-C(O)—NH—, wherein Het is a hetero atom selected from O, N or S, and pseudopeptide containing alternatives thereof, e.g. as defined above. When the linkage between the aryl substituent and the N-terminal nitrogen atom comprises a —methylene-hetero atom—linker, the methylene group and the hetero atom may be optionally further substituted, e.g. as hereinafter described.
  • The R substituent may be further substituted, e.g. by up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, amino, nitro, optionally substituted C1-4alkyl (e.g. alkyl substituted by hydroxy, alkyloxy, amino, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substituted dialkylamino, aryl or heterocyclyl), C1-4alkoxy, C2-6alkenyl, CN, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, aryl, (e.g. phenyl or phenyl substituted by CN, CF3, halogen, OCH3), aryloxy, (e.g. phenoxy or phenoxy substituted by CN, CF3, halogen, OCH3), benzyloxy or a heterocyclic residue.
  • Accordingly in preferred embodiments the invention provides a compound of formula I, or a physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable ester or a salt thereof
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00002
  • wherein:
  • R is optionally substituted (aryl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or heterocyclyl);
  • R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, or optionally substituted [lower alkyl, cycloalkyl; bicycloalkyl, or (aryl, biaryl, cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl)-lower alkyl]; or
  • R2 and R3 together represent lower alkylene, optionally interrupted by O, S or NR6, so as to form a ring with the carbon atom to which they are attached
  • wherein R6 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl; or
  • either R2 or R3 are linked by lower alkylene to the adjacent nitrogen to form a ring;
  • R4 and R5 are independently H, or optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl-lower alkyl), —C(O)OR7, or —C(O)NR7R8,
  • wherein
  • R7 is optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl or heterocyclyl), and
  • R8 is H, or optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl or heterocyclyl), or
  • R4 and R5 together represent lower alkylene, optionally interrupted by O, S or NR6, so as to form a ring with the carbon atom to which they are attached
  • wherein R6 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl, or
  • R4 is H or optionally substituted lower alkyl and R5 is a substituent of formula —X2—(Y1)n—(Ar)p-Q-Z
  • wherein
  • Y1 is O, S, SO, SO2, N(R6)SO2, N—R6, SO2NR6, CONR6 or NR6CO;
  • n is zero or one;
  • p is zero or one;
  • X2 is lower alkylene; or when n is zero, X2 is also C2-C7-alkylene interrupted by O, S, SO, SO2, NR6, SO2NR6, CONR6 or NR6CO;
      • wherein R6 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl;
  • Ar is arylene;
  • Z is hydroxy, acyloxy, carboxyl, esterified carboxyl, amidated carboxyl, aminosulfonyl, (lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl)aminosulfonyl, or (lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl; or Z is tetrazolyl, triazolyl or imidazolyl;
  • Q is a direct bond, lower alkylene, Y1-lower alkylene or C2-C7-alkylene interrupted by Y1;
  • X1 is —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —P(O)(OR6)—
  • wherein R6 is as defined above;
  • Y is oxygen or sulphur;
  • L is optionally substituted -Het-, -Het-CH2— or —CH2-Het-,
  • wherein Het is a hetero atom selected from O, N or S, and
  • x is zero or one;
  • and aryl in the above definitions represents carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl,
  • for use as a pharmaceutical;
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I as defined above as an active ingredient;
  • a method of treating a patient suffering from or susceptible to a disease or medical condition in which a cathepsin is implicated, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of formula I as defined above to the patient; and
  • use of a compound of formula I as defined above for the preparation of a medicament for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a disease or medical condition in which a cathepsin is implicated.
  • The invention also provides novel dipeptide nitriles.
  • Accordingly the invention further provides a compound of formula I as defined above provided that when R is lower alkyl not substituted by aryl,
  • one of R4 or R5 is a substituent of formula —X2—(Y1)n—(Ar)p-Q-Z,
  • provided that when x is one, L is —O—, or —CH2—O— and X1 is —C(O)—,
  • either one of R4 or R5 is a substituent of formula —X2—(Y1)n—(Ar)p-Q-Z, or R is not unsubstituted phenyl,
  • provided that when R2═R4═R5═H, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)—,
  • R3 is not H, —CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —CH2—CH—(CH3)2, —CH2—COOH, or —CH2—COO—CH2—CH3, when R is unsubstituted phenyl,
  • R3 is not H, —CH(CH3)2, or —CH2—CH—(CH3)2, when R is 4-aminophenyl or 4-nitrophenyl,
  • R3 is not H when R is 3-aminophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl 2-chloropyridin-4-yl, or vinyl or
  • R3 is not —CH2—CH2—S—CH3 when R is pyridin-3-yl or 2-chloropyridin-4-yl,
  • provided that when R2═R3═R4═H, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)— and R is phenyl,
  • R5 is not —CH(CH3)2,
  • provided that when R3═R4═H, R5 is —CH2—CH2—COOH, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)—,
  • R2 does not form a heterocyclic ring with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and provided that when R2═R3═R4═R5═H, x is zero and X1 is —SO2—,
  • R is not 4-methylphenyl.
  • In formula I R, R2, R3, R4, R5 and L may be further substituted by one or more, e.g. up to 3, substituents independently selected from lower alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —CN, -halogen, —OH, —NO2, —NR9R10, —X3—R7, lower alkyl-X3—R8, halo-substituted lower alkyl,
  • wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above,
      • X3 is —O—, —S—, —NR8—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(O)NR8—,
        • wherein R8 is as defined above,
      • R9 and R10 are independently as defined above for R8, or —X4—R8,
      • wherein X4 is —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(O)NR6-
        • wherein R6 and R7 are as defined above, or
        • R9 and R10 together with N form a heteroaryl group or a saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl group; optionally containing one or more additional heteroatoms selected from O, N or S.
  • Compounds of formula I exhibit valuable pharmacological properties in mammals, in particular as cysteine cathepsin inhibitors. In accordance with the present invention it has been found that by appropriate choice of groups R, R2, R3, R4, R5, X1, Y and L, the relative selectivity of the compounds as inhibitors of the various cysteine cathepsin types, e.g. cathepsins B, K, L and S may be altered, e.g. to obtain inhibitors which selectively inhibit a particular cathepsin type or combination of cathepsin types.
  • In a first aspect the invention provides a compound of formula II, or a physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable ester or a salt thereof
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00003
  • wherein:
  • R20 is optionally substituted (aryl, aryl-lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-lower alkyl);
  • R22 is H, or optionally substituted lower alkyl, and
  • R23 is optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl-lower alkyl, or cyloalkyl-lower alkyl) or
  • R22 and R23 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted (cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group);
  • R24 and R25 are independently H, or optionally substituted (lower alkyl, or aryl-lower alkyl), —C(O)OR7, or —C(O)NR7R8
  • wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above, or
  • R24 and R25 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted (cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group);
  • X1 is as defined above;
  • Y is oxygen or sulphur;
  • L′ is optionally substituted (-Het-CH2— or —CH2-Het-),
      • wherein Het is a hetero atom selected from O, N or S, and
  • x is 1 or 0,
  • provided that when x is one, L is —CH2—O— and X1 is —C(O)—,
  • R20 is not unsubstituted phenyl,
  • provided that when R22═R24═R25═H, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)—,
  • R23 is not H, —CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —CH2—CH—(CH3)2, —CH2—COOH, or —CH2—COO—CH2—CH3, when R20 is unsubstituted phenyl,
  • R23 is not H, —CH(CH3)2, or —CH2—CH—(CH3)2, when R20 is 4-aminophenyl or 4-nitrophenyl,
  • R23 is not H when R20 is 3-aminophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl 2-chloropyridin-4-yl, or vinyl, or
  • R23 is not —CH2—CH2—S—CH3 when R20 is pyridin-3-yl or 2-chloropyridin-4-yl,
  • provided that when R22═R23═R24═H, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)— and R20 is phenyl,
  • R25 is not —CH(CH3)2,
  • provided that when R23═R24═H, R25 is —CH2—CH2—COOH, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)—,
  • R22 does not form a heterocyclic ring with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and
  • provided that when R22═R23═R24═R25═H, x is zero and X1 is —SO2—,
  • R20 is not 4-methylphenyl.
  • Compounds of formula II are typically inhibitors of cathepsins K, L or S, especially selective inhibitors of catepsin K or cathepsin L or cathepsin S, or in some case inhibitors of, e.g. cathepsins L and S.
  • The substituents of the compounds of formula II have the following preferred significances. Preferred compounds of formula II comprise compounds having preferred substituents, singly or in any combination.
  • Preferably when R20 comprises aryl, the aryl is optionally substituted (phenyl, naphthylenyl, phenanthrenyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzothienyl and benzofuranyl).
  • Preferably R22 is hydrogen.
  • Preferably R23 is optionally substituted (lower alkyl, aryl-lower alkyl or cycloalkyl-lower alkyl), or R23 and R22 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C5-C8, especially a C6 or C7, cycloalkylgroup. More preferably R23 is —CH2—CH(CH3)2, or optionally substituted benzyl, cyclohexylmethyl, naphthalenylmethyl, indolylmethyl, benzothienylmethyl or benzofuranylmethyl, or R23 and R22 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclohexane ring.
  • Preferred significances for R24 and R25 are:
  • R24 and R25 are both H or —CH3, or
  • R24 is H and R25 is aryl-lower alkyl, lower alkyl, both optionally substituted by up to 3 substituents selected from amino, halogen (e.g. fluorine or preferably chlorine) or S—CH3, or
  • R24 and R25 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-C7 cycloalkyl ring.
  • More preferably R24 is H and R25 is optionally substituted (—CH2-phenyl, —CH2-indolyl, —(CH2)2—S—CH3, —CH2—CH(CH3)2, —(CH2)4—NH2 or —(CH2)3-CH3), or yet more preferably R4 and R5 are both —CH3, or especially R4 and R5 are both H.
  • Preferably —X1— is —C(O)—.
  • Preferably Y is ═O.
  • Preferably either x is 0, or when x is 1 L′ is —CH2—O—, —NH—CH2—, —O—CH2— or —S—CH2. In particular embodiments the invention provides a compound of formula II′ or a physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable ester or a salt thereof
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00004
  • wherein:
  • R20′ is optionally substituted (C6-C18 aryl or C4-C18 heteroaryl);
  • R22′ is H, or optionally substituted C1-C8 alkyl, and
  • R23′ is optionally substituted (C2-C8 alkyl, or C7-C14 aralkyl), or
  • R22′ and R23′ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted (C3-C8 cycloalkyl group or C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl group);
  • R24′ and R25′ are independently H, or optionally substituted (C1-C8 alkyl, C7-C14 aralkyl, or C5-C14 heteroaralkyl), —C(O)OR6′, or —C(O)NR6′R7′,
  • wherein
  • R6′ is optionally substituted (C1-C8 alkyl, C7-C14 aralkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C14 heteroaralkyl, C6-C14 aryl, or C4-C14 heteroaryl), and
  • R7′ is H, or optionally substituted (C1-C8 alkyl, C7-C14 aralkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C14 heteroaralkyl, C6-C14 aryl, or C4-C14 heteroaryl), or
  • R24′ and R25′ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted (C3-C8 cycloalkyl group or C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl group);
  • X, is —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —P(O)(OR6′)—
      • wherein R6′ is as defined above;
  • Y is oxygen or sulphur;
  • L′ is optionally substituted (-Het-CH2— or —CH2-Het-),
      • wherein Het is a hetero atom selected from O, N or S, and
  • x is 1 or 0,
  • provided that when x is one, L′ is —CH2—O— and X, is —C(O)—
  • R20,′ is not unsubstituted phenyl,
  • provided that when R22′═R24′═R25′═H, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)—,
  • R23′ is not H, —CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —CH2—CH—(CH3)2, —CH2—COOH, or —CH2—COO—CH2—CH3, when R20′ is unsubstituted phenyl,
  • R23′ is not H, —CH(CH3)2, or —CH2—CH—(CH3)2, when R20′ is 4-aminophenyl or 4-nitrophenyl,
  • R23′ is not H when R20′ is 3-aminophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 2-chloropyridin-4-yl, or vinyl, or
  • R23′ is not —CH2—CH2—S—CH3 when R20′ is pyridin-3-yl or 2-chloropyridin-4-yl, provided that when R22′═R23′═R24′═H, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)— and R20′ is phenyl,
  • R25′ is not —CH(CH3)2,
  • provided that when R23′═R24′═H, R25′ is —CH2—CH2 COOH, x is zero and X1 is —C(O)—,
  • R20′ does not form a heterocyclic ring with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and provided that when R22′═R23′═R24′═R25′ H, x is zero and X1 is —SO2—,
  • R20′ is not 4-methylphenyl.
  • Compounds of formula II′ are typically selective inhibitors of cathepsin K.
  • In a further aspect the invention provides a compound of formula III
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00005
  • wherein
  • R30 is an acyl group derived from an organic carboxylic, carbonic, carbamic or sulfonic acid;
  • R32 and R33 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, or (aryl, biaryl, cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl)-lower alkyl; or R32 and R33 together represent lower alkylene so as to form a ring together with the carbon to which they are attached;
  • R34 is hydrogen or lower alkyl;
  • X2, Y1, Ar, Q, Z, n and p are as previously defined;
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof
  • for use as a pharmaceutical.
  • In preferred embodiments the invention further provides a compound of formula III as defined above, wherein R30 is an acyl group derived from an organic carboxylic, carbamic or sulfonic acid
  • Compounds of formula III are typically selective inhibitors of cathepsin B and/or L.
  • Particular embodiments relate to the compounds of formula III wherein R30, R32, R33, R34, Q, Z and n are as defined above; and wherein
  • (a) p is one;
  • (b) Y1 is O, S, SO, SO2, N(R6)SO2 or N—R6; and
  • (c) X2 is lower alkylene; or when n is zero, X2 is also C2-C7-alkylene interrupted by O, S, SO, SO2 or NR6;
  • wherein R6 is as defined above and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Further particular embodiments relate to the compounds of formula III wherein R30, R32, R33, R34, R35, Ar, Z and Q have meaning as defined above; and wherein
      • (a) p is one, n is zero, and X2 is lower alkylene or C2-C7-alkylene interrupted by O, S, SO, SO2NR6, NR6SO2, SO2NR6, CONR6 or NR6CO; or
      • (b) p is one, n is one, X2 is lower alkylene and Y, is O, S, SO, SO2, N(R6)SO2 or NR6, SO2NR6, CONR6, NR6CO; or
      • (c) p is one, n is zero and X2 is lower alkylene; or
      • (d) p is one, n is zero and X2 is C2-C7-alkylene interrupted by O, S, SO, SO2 or NR6, SO2NR6, CONR6 or NR6CO; or
      • (e) p is zero, n is one, X2 is lower alkylene and Y1 is O, S, SO, SO2, N(R6)SO2 or NR6, SO2NR6, CONR6 or NR6CO; or
      • (f) p is zero, n is zero and X2 is C2-C7-alkylene interrupted by O, S, SO, SO2 or NR6, SO2NR6, CONR6 or NR6CO;
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; or
  • Preferred compounds of formula III are those in which Z is carboxyl or carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester.
  • A particular embodiment of the invention relates to the compounds of formula III wherein n is zero, in particular those of formula III′
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00006
  • wherein
  • R30, X2, Ar, Q, and p are as defined above; and wherein
  • R33′ is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl;
  • Z′ is bydroxy, acyloxy, carboxyl, carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester or amide, or 5-tetrazolyl;
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • In a specific embodiment of the compounds of formula III′, R30 is carboxylic acid derived acyl; R33′ is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl; X2 is C1-C5-alkylene, or X2 is C2-C4-alkylene interrupted by O or S; p is one; Ar is carbocyclic arylene; Q is a direct bond or C1-C4-alkylene; and Z is carboxyl or carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • In a more specific embodiment of the compounds of formula III′, R30 is aroyl, R33′ is carbocyclic aryl-methyl; X2 is C3-alkylene; or X2 is C2-alkylene interrupted by O; p is one; Ar is phenylene; Q is a direct bond; and Z is carboxyl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • A further particular embodiment of the invention relates to the compounds of formula III wherein n is one, in particular those of formula III″
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00007
  • wherein
  • R30, R33′, Y1, Ar, and Z′ are as defined above;
  • X2′ is lower alkylene;
  • Q′ is a direct bond or lower alkylene; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • A specific embodiment of the invention is directed to the compounds of formula III″ wherein R30 is carboxylic acid derived acyl; R33′ is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl; X2′ is C1-C4-alkylene; Y1 is O or S; Ar is carbocyclic arylene; Q′ is a direct bond or C1-C4-alkylene; and Z′ is carboxyl or carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • A more specific embodiment of the invention is directed to said compounds of formula III″ wherein R30 is aroyl, R33′ is carbocyclic aryl-methyl; X2′ is C2-alkylene; Y, is O; Ar is phenylene; Q′ is a direct bond; and Z′ is carboxyl, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • A yet further aspect of the invention is directed to a compound of formula IV
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00008
  • wherein
  • R40 is substituted phenyl or heterocyclic aryl, (mono- or di-carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl)-lower alkyl or lower alkenyl, or heterocyclyl;
  • R42 is hydrogen or lower alkyl;
  • R43 is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl;
  • R44 and R45 are independently hydrogen or lower alkyl; or
  • R44 and R45 combined represent lower alkylene;
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof.
  • Preferred are compounds of formula IV wherein R40 is morpholino, substituted phenyl or heterocyclic aryl; R42 is hydrogen; R43 is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl; R44 and R45 are hydrogen or lower alkyl; or R44 and R45 combined represent ethylene to form a cyclopropyl ring.
  • Particularly preferred are compounds of formula IV wherein R40 is pyrazolyl or pyrazolyl substituted by 1-3 lower alkyl; R42 is hydrogen; R43 is carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-C1-C4-alkyl; and R44 and R45 are hydrogen; or R44 and R45 combined are ethylene.
  • Compounds of formula IV are typically selective inhibitors of cathepsin L and/or S.
  • The compounds of formulae I, II, III and IV, depending on the nature of substituents, possess one or more asymmetric carbon atoms. The resulting diastereomers and enantiomers are encompassed by the instant invention. Preferably, however, e.g. for pharmaceutical use in accordance with the invention, the compounds of formulae I, II, III and IV are provided in pure or substantially pure epimeric form, e.g. as compositions in which the compounds are present in a form comprising at least 90%, e.g. preferably at least 95% of a single epimer (i.e. comprising less than 10%, e.g. preferably less than 5% of other epimeric forms).
  • Preferred compounds of formula I are those wherein the asymmetric carbon to which are attached R2 and/or R3 corresponds to that of an L-amino acid precursor and the asymmetric carbon to which is attached the cyano group also corresponds to that of an L-amino acid and is generally assigned the (S)-configuration. Preferred compounds of formula I wherein R3 and R4 represent hydrogen can be represented by formulae V, V′ and V″, corresponding to preferred compounds of formulae II, III and IV respectively
  • Thus in particularly preferred embodiments the invention provides a compound of formula V, V′ or V″
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00009
  • wherein the symbols are as defined above, and
  • physiologically-acceptable and -cleavable esters or salts thereof.
  • The compounds of formula I, II, II′, III, III′, III″, IV, V, V′ and V″ as defined above are hereinafter referred to as Compounds of the Invention.
  • The general definitions used herein have the following meaning within the scope of the invention, unless otherwise specified.
  • The term “lower” referred to above and hereinafter in connection with organic radicals or compounds respectively defines such as branched or unbranched with up to and including 7, preferably up to and including 4 and advantageously one or two carbon atoms.
  • A lower alkyl group is branched or unbranched and contains 1 to 7 carbon atoms, preferably 1-4 carbon atoms. Lower alkyl represents for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl or isobutyl.
  • Lower alkenyl represents either straight chain or branched alkenyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, preferably 2-4 carbon atoms, e.g. as vinyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl or butadienyl. Lower alkynyl represents either straight chain or branched alkynyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, preferably 2-4 carbon atoms, e.g. as acetylenyl, propenyl, isopropynyl, butynyl or isobutynyl.
  • Lower alkyl, lower alkenyl and lower alkynyl may be substituted by up to 3 substituents selected from lower alkoxy, aryl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, or trifluoromethyl.
  • Lower alkylene represents either straight chain or branched alkylene of 1 to 7 carbon atoms and represents preferably straight chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. a methylene, ethylene, propylene or butylene chain, or said methylene, ethylene, propylene or butylene chain mono-substituted by C1-C3-alkyl, (advantageously methyl) or disubstituted on the same or different carbon atoms by C1-C3-alkyl (advantageously methyl), the total number of carbon atoms being up to and including 7.
  • A lower alkoxy (or alkyloxy) group preferably contains 1-4 carbon atoms, advantageously 1-3 carbon atoms, and represents for example ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, or most advantageously methoxy.
  • Halogen (halo) preferably represents chloro or fluoro but may also be bromo or iodo.
  • An acyl group as represented by R30 is preferably derived from an organic carbonic acid, an organic carboxylic acid, a carbamic acid or an organic sulfonic acid.
  • Acyl which is derived from a carboxylic acid represents, for example, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aroyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, (oxa or thia)-cycloalkylcarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, (lower alkoxy, hydroxy or acyloxy)-lower alkanoyl, (mono- or di-carbocyclic or heterocyclic)-(lower alkanoyl or lower alkoxy-, hydroxy- or acyloxy-substituted lower alkanoyl), or biaroyl.
  • Carbocyclic aroyl represents, for instance, benzoyl, benzoyl substituted, by one to three substituents selected independently from e.g. halo, trifluoromethyl, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy, methylenedioxy, nitro, di-lower alkylamino, cyano, or carbocyclic aroyl represents e.g. 1- or 2-naphthoyl.
  • Heterocyclic aroyl represents, for instance, 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyl (such as nicotinoyl), furoyl, thienoyl, oxazoloyl, isoxazoloyl, quinoxaloyl, each optionally substituted by e.g. halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or nitro.
  • (Oxa- or thia)-cyclolalkylcarbonyl is, for example, tetrahydrofuranoyl or tetrahydrothienoyl. Di-(carbocyclic or heterocyclic)aryl-lower alkanoyl is, for example, diphenylacetyl or dipyridylacetyl.
  • Aryl-(lower alkoxy, hydroxy or acyloxy substituted) lower alkanoyl is, for example, phenyl-(2-alkoxy, hydroxy or acyloxy)-acetyl.
  • Biaroyl is, for example, 2, 3 or 4-biphenylcarbonyl.
  • Acyl which is derived from an organic carbonic acid is, for example, alkoxycarbonyl, especially lower alkoxycarbonyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl or is cycloalkoxycarbonyl, especially C3-C7-cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl.
  • Acyl which is derived from a carbamic acid is, for example, aminocarbonyl which is optionally substituted on nitrogen by one or two of lower alkyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl, or by lower alkylene or lower alkylene interrupted by O or S.
  • Acyl which is derived from an organic sulfonic acid represents, for example, lower alkylsulfonyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic arylsulfonyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl-lower alkysulfonyl, in which aryl is e.g. phenyl, naphthyl or thienyl, such being optionally substituted by, for example, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl.
  • Aryl represents carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl.
  • Carbocyclic aryl represents monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aryl, for example phenyl or phenyl mono-, di- or tri-substituted by one, two or three radicals selected from lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, lower alkylenedioxy and oxy-C2-C3 alkylene; or 1- or 2-naphthyl; or 1- or 2-phenanthrenyl. Lower alkylenedioxy is a divalent substituent attached to two adjacent carbon atoms of phenyl, e.g. methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy. Oxy-C2-C3-alkylene is also a divalent substituent attached to two adjacent carbon atoms of phenyl, e.g. oxyethylene or oxypropylene. An example for oxy-C2-C3-alkylene-phenyl is 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl.
  • Preferred as carbocyclic aryl is naphthyl, phenyl or phenyl mono- or disubstituted by lower alkoxy, phenyl, halogen, lower alkyl or trifluoromethyl, especially phenyl or phenyl mono- or disubstituted by lower alkoxy, halogen or trifluoromethyl, and in particular phenyl.
  • Examples of substituted phenyl groups as R are, e.g. 4-chlorophen-1-yl, 3,4-dichlorophen-1yl, 4-methoxyphen-1-yl, 4-methylphen-1-yl, 4-aminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-methoxyethylaminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-hydroxyethylaminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-hydroxyethyl (methyl)-aminomethylphen-1-yl, 3-aminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-N-acetylaminomethylphen-1-yl, 4-aminophen-1-yl, 3-aminophen-1-yl, 2-aminophen-1-yl, 4-phenyl-phen-1-yl, 4-(imidazol-1-yl)-phen-I-yl, 4-(imidazol-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(morpholin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(morpholin-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(2-methoxyethylaminomethyl)-phen-1-yl and 4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(2-thiophenyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(3-thiophenyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl, and 4-(piperidinyl)-phenyl and 4-(pyridinyl)-phenyl optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring.
  • Heterocyclic aryl represents monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, for example pyridyl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, or any said radical substituted, especially mono- or di-substituted, by e.g. lower alkyl, nitro or halogen. Pyridyl represents 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, advantageously 2- or 3-pyridyl. Thienyl represents 2- or 3-thienyl. Quinolinyl represents preferably 2-, 3- or 4-quinolinyl. Isoquinolinyl represents preferably 1-, 3- or 4-isoquinolinyl. Benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl represent preferably 3-benzopyranyl or 3-benzothiopyranyl, respectively. Thiazolyl represents preferably 2- or 4-thiazolyl, advantageously 4-thiazolyl. Triazolyl is preferably 1-, 2- or 5-(1,2,4-triazolyl). Tetrazolyl is preferably 5-tetrazolyl.
  • Preferably, heterocyclic aryl is pyridyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, or any said radical substituted, especially mono-or di-substituted, by lower alkyl or halogen; and in particular pyridyl.
  • Arylene (Ar in formula III) is an aryl linking group in which aryl is heterocyclic or carbocyclic aryl, preferably monocyclic as defined above.
  • A heterocyclic aryl linking group is for instance (but not limited thereto) 1,3-pyrazolyl, 2,4-or 2,5-pyridyl or 1,4-imidazolyl in which the groups as depicted in formula III are attached to the ring at the indicated positions.
  • A carbocyclic aryl linking group is for instance (but not limited thereto) optionally substituted phenyl in which the two groups as depicted in formula I are attached ortho, meta or para to each other.
  • Biaryl may be carbocyclic biaryl, preferably e.g. biphenyl, namely 2, 3 or 4-biphenyl, advantageously 4-biphenyl, each optionally substituted by e.g. lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halogen, trifluoromethyl or cyano, or heterocyclic-carbocyclic biaryl, preferably e.g. thienylphenyl, pyrrolylphenyl and pyrazolylphenyl.
  • Cycloalkyl represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon optionally substituted by lower alkyl which contains 3 to 10 ring carbons and is advantageously cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl optionally substituted by lower alkyl.
  • Bicycloalkyl is for example norbornanyl.
  • Heterocyclyl represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon containing one or more, preferably 1 or 2, hetero atoms selected from O, N or S, and from 3 to 10, preferably 5 to 8, ring atoms; for example, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholino.
  • Aryl-lower alkyl represents preferably (carbocyclic aryl or heterocylic aryl)-lower alkyl.
  • Carbocyclic aryl-lower alkyl represents preferably straight chain or branched aryl-C1-4-alkyl in which carbocyclic aryl has meaning as defined above, e.g. benzyl or phenyl-(ethyl, propyl of butyl), each unsubstituted or substituted on phenyl ring as defined under carbocyclic aryl above, advantageously optionally substituted benzyl, e.g. benzyl substituted or phenyl lay lower alkyl.
  • Heterocyclic aryl-lower alkyl represents preferably straight chain or branched heterocyclic aryl-C1-4-alkyl in which heterocyclic aryl has meaning as defined above, e.g. 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl or (2, 3- or 4-pyridyl)-(ethyl, propyl or butyl); or 2- or 3-thienylmethyl or (2- or 3-thienyl)-(ethyl, propyl or butyl); 2-, 3- or 4-quinolinylmethyl or (2-, 3- or 4-quinolinyl)-(ethyl, propyl or butyl); or 2- or 4-thiazolylmethyl or (2- or 4-thiazolyl)-(ethyl, propyl or butyl).
  • Cycloalkyl-lower alkyl represents e.g. (cyclopentyl- or cyclohexyl)-(methyl or ethyl).
  • Biaryl-lower alkyl represents e.g. 4-biphenylyl-(methyl or ethyl).
  • Acyl as in acyloxy is derived from an organic carboxylic acid, carbonic acid or carbamic acid. Acyl represents e.g. lower alkanoyl, carbocyclic aryl-lower alkanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, aroyl, di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl or di-lower alkylamino-lower alkanoyl. Preferably, acyl is lower alkanoyl.
  • Lower alkanoyl represents e.g. C1-7-alkanoyl including formyl, and is preferably C2-4-alkanoyl such as acetyl or propionyl.
  • Aroyl represents e.g. benzoyl or benzoyl mono- or di-substituted by one or two radicals selected from lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, halogen, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or 1- or 2-naphthoyl; and also e.g. pyridylcarbonyl.
  • Lower alkoxycarbonyl represents preferably C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. ethoxycarbonyl.
  • Esterified carboxyl is carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, for example lower alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl or allyloxycarbonyl.
  • Amidated carboxyl is carboxyl derivatized as a pharmaceutically acceptable amide, for example aminocarbonyl, mono- or di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the acidic compounds of the invention are salts formed with bases, namely cationic salts such as alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, such as sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, as well as ammonium salts, such as ammonium, trimethyl-ammonium, diethyl ammonium, and tris-(hydroxymethyl)-methyl-ammonium salts. Similarly acid addition salts, such as of mineral acids, organic carboxylic and organic sulfonic acids e.g. hydrochloric acid, methanesulfonic acid, maleic acid, are also possible provided a basic group, such as pyridyl, constitutes part of the structure.
  • The compounds of the invention exhibit valuable pharmacological properties in mammals and are particularly useful as cysteine cathepsin inhibitors.
  • The cathepsin inhibitory effects of the compound of the invention can be determined in vitro by measuring the inhibition of e.g. recombinant human cathepsins B, K, L and S. The buffer used in the cathepsin B, L and S assays is a 0.1 M pH 5.8 phosphate buffer containing EDTA (1.33 mM), DTT (2.7 mM) and Brij (0.03%).
  • The in vitro assays are carried out as follows:
  • (a) For cathepsin B:
      • To a microtiter well is added 100 uL of a 20 uM solution of inhibitor in assay buffer followed by 50 uL of a 6.4 mM solution of Z-Arg-Arg-AMC substrate (Peptides International) in assay buffer. After mixing, 50 uL of a 0.544 nM solution of recombinant human cathepsin B in assay-buffer is added to the well, yielding a final inhibitor concentration of 10 uM. Enzyme activity is determined by measuring fluorescence of the liberated aminomethylcoumarin at 440 nM using 380 nM excitation, at 20 minutes. % Enzyme inhibition is determined by comparison of this activity to that of a solution containing no inhibitor. Compounds are subsequently subjected to a dose response curve analysis to determine IC50 values.
  • (b) For cathepsin K:
      • The assay is performed in 96 well microtiter plates at ambient temperature using recombinant human cathepsin K. Inhibition of cathepsin K is assayed at a constant enzyme (0.16 nM) and substrate concentration (54 mM Z-Phe-Arg-MCA—Peptide Institute Inc. Osaka, Japan) in 100 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, containing 2 mM dithiothreitol, 20 mM Tween 80 and 1 mM EDTA. Cathepsin K is preincubated with the inhibitors for 30 min, and the reaction is initiated by the addition of substrate. After 30 min incubation the reaction is stopped by the addition of E-64 (2 mM), and fluorescence intensity is read on a multi-well plate reader at excitation and emission wavelengths of 360 and 460 nm, respectively.
  • (c) For cathepsin L:
      • Recombinant human cathepsin L is activated prior to use in this assay: To 500 uL of a 510 nM solution of cathepsin L in a 50 mM pH 5.0 acetate buffer containing 1 mM EDTA, 3 mM DTT and 150 mM NaCl is added 10 uL of a 625 uM solution of dextran sulfate (ave. mw=8000), and the resulting solution is incubated on ice for 30 min. 4 uL of this solution is then diluted into 46 uL assay buffer, yielding a 40 nM enzyme solution. To perform the assay, 100 uL of a 20 uM solution of inhibitor in assay buffer is added to a microtiter well. 50 uL of a 20 uM solution of Z-Phe-Arg-AMC (Peptides International) is then added. After mixing, 50 uL of the activated 40 nM solution of recombinant human cathepsin L in assay buffer is then added to the well, yielding a final inhibitor concentration of 10 uM. Enzyme activity is determined by measuring fluorescence of the liberated aminomethylcoumarin at 440 nM using 380 nM excitation of 20 minutes. % Enzyme inhibition is determined by comparison of this activity to that of a solution containing no inhibitor. Compounds are subsequently subjected to a dose response curve analysis to determine IC50 values.
  • (d) For cathepsin S:
      • To a microtiter well is added 100 uL of a 20 uM solution of inhibitor is assay buffer. 50 uL of a 700 uM solution of Z-Val-Val-Arg-AMC substrate (Peptides International) is then added. After mixing, 50 UL of a 5.2 nM solution of recombinant human cathepsin S in assay buffer is then added to the well, yielding a final inhibitor concentration of 10 uM. Enzyme activity is determined by measuring fluorescence of the liberated aminomethylcoumarin at 440 nM using 380 nM excitation at 200 minutes. % Enzyme inhibition is determined by comparison of this activity to that of a solution containing no inhibitor. Compounds are subsequently subjected to a dose response curve analysis to determine IC50 values.
  • In view of their activity as inhibitors of cysteine cathepsin enzymes, Compounds of the Invention are particularly useful in mammals as agents for treatment and prophylaxis of diseases and medical conditions involving elevated levels of cathepsins. Such diseases include diseases involving infection by organisms such as pneumocystis carinii, trypsanoma cruzi; trypsanoma brucei, crithidia fusiculata, as well as parasitic diseases such as schistosomiasis-and malaria, tumours (tumour invasion and tumour metastasis), and other diseases such as metachromatic leukodystrophy, muscular dystrophy, amytrophy and similar diseases.
  • Cathepsins, in particular K, have been implicated in diseases of excessive bone loss, and thus the Compounds of the Invention may be used for treatment and prophylaxis of such diseases, including osteoporosis, gingival diseases such as gingivitis and periodontitis, Paget's disease, hypercalcemia of malignancy, e.g. tumour-induced hypercalcemia and metabolic bone disease. Also the Compounds of the Invention may be use for treatment or prophylaxis of diseases of excessive cartilage or matrix degradation, including osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis as well as certain neoplastic diseases involving expression of high levels of proteolytic enzymes and matrix degradation.
  • Compounds of the Invention, are also indicated for preventing or treating coronary disease, atherosclerosis (including atherosclerotic plaque rupture and destabilization), autoimmune diseases, respiratory diseases and immunologically mediated diseases (including transplant rejection).
  • Compounds of the Invention, in particular cathepsin K selective inhibitor compounds, are particularly indicated for preventing or treating osteoporosis of various genesis (e.g. juvenile, menopausal, post-menopausal, post-traumatic, caused by old age or by cortico-steroid therapy or inactivity).
  • Beneficial effects are evaluated in in vitro and in vivo pharmacological tests generally known in the art, and as illustrated herein.
  • The above cited properties are demonstrable in in vitro and in vivo tests, using advantageously mammals, e.g. rats, mice, dogs, or isolated organs and tissues, as well as mammalian enzyme preparations, either natural or prepared by e.g. recombinant technology. Compounds of the Invention can be applied in vitro in the form of solutions, e.g. preferably aqueous solutions or suspensions, and in vivo either enterally or parenterally, advantageously orally, e.g. as a suspension or in aqueous solution, or as a solid capsule formulation. The dosage in vitro may range between about 10−5 molar and 10−9 molar concentrations. The dosage in vivo may range, depending on the route of administration, between about 0.1 and 100 mg/kg.
  • The antiarthritic efficacy of the compounds of the invention for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis can be determined using models such as or similar to the rat model of adjuvant arthritis, as described previously (R. E. Esser, et. al. J. Rheumatology, 1993, 20, 1176.)
  • The efficacy of the compounds of the invention for the treatment of osteoarthritis can be determined using models such as or similar to the rabbit partial lateral meniscectomy model, as described previously (Colombo et al. Arth. Rheum. 1993 26, 875-886). The efficacy of the compounds in the model can be quantified using histological scoring methods, as described previously (O'Byrne et al. Inflamm Res 1995, 44, S117-S118).
  • The efficacy of the compounds of the invention for the treatment of osteoporosis can be determined using an animal model such as the ovarectomised rat or other similar species in which test compounds are administered to the animal and the presence of markers of bone resorption are measured in urine or serum.
  • The compounds of the invention are prepared by:
  • (a) converting an amide of the formula VI
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00010
  • wherein R, R2, R3, R4 and R5 have meaning as previously defined for the compounds of formula I to a nitrile of formula I; or
  • (b) condensing a compound of the formula VII
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00011
  • wherein R4 and R5 have meaning as defined hereinabove, with an acid of formula VIII
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00012
  • wherein R, R2 and R3 have meaning as defined above; or with a reactive derivative thereof; or
  • (c) condensing a compound of the formula Ia
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00013
  • wherein R2, R3, R4 and R5 have meaning as defined hereinabove with an acid corresponding to the group R-[L]x-X1— or with a reactive derivative thereof; and in the above processes, if required, temporarily protecting any interfering reactive groups and then isolating the resulting compound of the invention; and, if desired, converting any resulting compound into another compound of the invention; and/or if desired, converting a resulting compound into a salt or a resulting salt into the free acid or base or into another salt.
  • Appropriate protecting groups are used for starting compounds and intermediates, for instance as hereinafter described in the Examples.
  • The conversion of primary amides of formula V to the nitriles of formula I, according to process (a), can be carried out according to methods well known in the art for the dehydration of a primary amide to a nitrile, e.g. with thionyl chloride in the presence of a base. A preferred procedure involves the treatment with oxalyl chloride and pyridine in DMF at or below room temperature as illustrated in the examples.
  • The starting materials of formula VI can be prepared by condensing an amino acid amide of formula IX
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00014
  • wherein R4, and R5 have meaning as defined above with an acid of the formula VIII, in protected form as appropriate.
  • The condensation can be carried out according to methods well-known in the art, e.g. by reacting a mixed anhydride or an acyl halide of the acid of formula VIII e.g. the acid chloride, with an amino acid amide of formula IX, in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride, in the presence of a base, such as an amine like triethylamine or pyridine.
  • The acylation of an acid of formula VIII with an amino acid amide of formula IX can also be carried out in the presence of a condensing agent such as N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethyl-carbodiimide, optionally in the presence of e.g. hydroxybenzotriazole or 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzo-triazole, and a base such as N-methylmorpholine.
  • The amino acid amides of formula IX are either known or can be prepared according to methodology known in the art and illustrated herein.
  • Alternative procedures and conditions may be used; for instance as described in the Examples.
  • Compounds of the invention are either obtained in the free form, or as a salt thereof if salt forming groups are present.
  • Acidic Compounds of the Invention may be converted into metal salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases, e.g. an aqueous alkali metal hydroxide, advantageously in the presence of an ethereal or alcoholic solvent, such as a lower alkanol. Resulting salts may be converted into the free compounds by treatment with acids. These or other salts can also be used for purification of the compounds obtained. Ammonium salts are obtained by reaction with the appropriate amine, e.g. diethylamine, and the like.
  • Compounds of the Invention having basic groups can be converted into acid addition salts, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts. These are formed, for example, with inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, a phosphoric or hydrohalic acid, or with organic carboxylic acids, such as (C1-C4)alkanecarboxylic acids which, for example, are unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, for example acetic acid, such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, succinic, maleic or fumaric acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as amino acids, for example aspartic or glutamic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as (C1-C4)-alkylsulfonic acids (for example methanesulfonic acid) or arylsulfonic acids which are unsubstituted or substituted (for example by halogen). Preferred are salts formed with hydrochloric acid, methanesulfonic acid and maleic acid.
  • In view of the close relationship between the free compounds and the compounds in the form of their salts, whenever a compound is referred to in this context, a corresponding salt is also intended, provided such is-possible or appropriate under the circumstances.
  • The compounds, including their salts, can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or include other solvents used for their crystallization.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are those suitable for enteral, such as oral or rectal, transdermal, topical, and parenteral administration to mammals, including man, to inhibit cathepsin activity, and for the treatment of cathepsin dependent disorders, in particular inflammation, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis, and comprise an effective amount of a pharmacologically active compound of the invention, alone or in combination, with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • More particularly, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise an effective cathepsin inhibiting amount of a Compound of the Invention.
  • The pharmacologically active Compounds of the Invention are useful in the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount thereof in conjunction or admixture with excipients or carriers suitable for either enteral or parenteral application. Preferred are tablets and gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient together with a) diluents, e.g. lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose and/or glycine; b) lubricants, e.g. silica, talcum, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salt and/or polyethyleneglycol; for tablets also c) binders e.g. magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and or polyvinylpyrrolidone; if desired d) disintegrants, e.g. starches, agar, alginic acid or its sodium salt, or effervescent mixtures; and/or e) absorbents, colorants, flavors and sweeteners. Injectable compositions are preferably aqueous isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are advantageously prepared from fatty emulsions or suspensions. Said compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances. Said compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and contain about 0.1 to 75%, preferably about 1 to 50%, of the active ingredient.
  • Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art.
  • Suitable formulations for transdermal application include an effective amount of a compound of the invention with carrier. Advantageous carriers include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the host. For example, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound of the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin. Matrix transdermal formulations may also be used.
  • Suitable formulations for topical application, e.g. to the skin and eyes, are preferably aqueous solutions, ointments, creams or gels well-known in the art. Such may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • The pharmaceutical formulations contain an effective cathepsin inhibiting amount of a Compound of the Invention as defined above, either alone or in combination with another therapeutic agent.
  • In conjunction with another active ingredient, a Compound of the Invention may be administered either simultaneously, before or after the other active ingredient, either separately by the same or different route of administration or together in the same pharmaceutical formulation. The dosage of active compound administered is dependent on the species of warm-blooded animal (mammal), the body weight, age and individual condition, and on the form of administration. A unit-dosage for oral administration to a mammal of about 50 to 70 kg may contain between about 5 and 500 mg of the active ingredient.
  • The present invention also relates to methods of using Compounds of the Invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, in mammals for inhibiting cathepsins, such as cathepsin B, K, L and/or S, and for the treatment of cathepsin dependent conditions, such as cathepsin B, K, L and/or S dependent conditions, described herein, e.g. inflammation, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis.
  • Particularly the present invention relates to a method of selectively inhibiting cathepsin activity in a mammal which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective cathepsin inhibiting amount of a Compound of the Invention.
  • More specifically such relates to a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, and inflammation (and other diseases as identified above) in mammals comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a correspondingly effective amount of a Compound of the Invention.
  • The following examples are intended to illustrate the invention and are not to be construed as being limitations thereon. Temperatures are given in degrees Centigrade. If not mentioned otherwise, all evaporations are performed under reduced pressure, preferably between about 15 and 100 mm Hg (=20-133 mbar). The structure of final products, intermediates and starting materials is confirmed by standard analytical methods, e.g. microanalysis and spectroscopic characteristics (e.g. MS, IR, NMR). Abbreviations used are those conventional in the art.
  • EXAMPLES Example 1 Preparation of Indol-4-yl-C(O)-Leu-Gly(CN) of formula X
  • Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00015
  • A. Fmoc-Leu-Gly(CN) [1-(Cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-carbamic acid 9.H.-fluoren-9-yl methyl ester
  • Fmoc-Leucine (0.27 mmol) and aminoacetonitrile hydrochloride (32.4 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (300 ml) and cooled with ice-salt. HOBt (32.4 mmol) and WSCD (32.4 mmol) are added, and the reaction mixture is stirred at 4-25° C. over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, IN hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel using n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/1 (v/v) gives the product in 90% yield.
  • mp. 173-175° C., Rf=0.68 (chloroform:methanol:acetic acid=90:10:1).
  • B. H-Leu-Gly(CN) 2-Amino-4-methyl-pentanoic acid cyanomethyl-amide
  • Fmoc-Leu-Gly(CN) (18 mmol) is dissolved in 20% piperidine in dimethylformamide (36 ml). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 60 min. After evaporation of the solvent and chromatography on silica gel using n-hexane, n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/1 and 10% methanol in chloroform, the product is obtained in 93% yield.
  • oil, Rf=0.73 (n-propanol:water:ethyl acetate:ammonia=5:1:2:1).
  • C. Indol-5-yl-C(O)-Leu-Gly(CN)
  • Indol-5-ylcarboxylic acid (1.0 eq.) and H-Leu-Gly(CN) (1.2 eq.) are dissolved in dimethylformamide and cooled with ice-salt. HOBt (1.2 eq.) and WSCD (1.2 eq.) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 4-25° C. over night. After ethyl acetate is added to the reaction mixture, the organic layer is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, 1N hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel gives the title product in 70% yield.
  • mp. 201-204° C., Rf=0.39 (n-hexane:AcOEt=1:2)
  • Example 2 5-Amino-quinoline-2-carboxylic acid [1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl)-amide
  • 5-Nitro-quinoline-2-carboxylic acid [1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-amide (0.35 mmol) is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) and methanol (10 ml) at room temperature. Na2S2O4 aq * (7 mmol) is added to the solution, and the reaction, mixture is heated at reflux for 90 min. The crude product is isolated by filtration and purified by chromatography on silica gel using 2% methanol in chloroform. The product is obtained in 33% yield. mp.190-194° C., Rf=0.60 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=1:5). *A. S. Kende et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 25, 923-926, (1984).
  • Example 3 p-Acetamidomethylbenzoyl-Leu-Gly(CN)
  • p-Aminomethylbenzoyl-Leu-Gly(CN) (see Example 14 below) (0.33 mmol) and acetic acid (3.3 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 ml) and cooled in an ice bath. HOBt (0.4 mmol) and WSCD (0.4 mmol) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 4-25° C. over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, 1N hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. Diethylether is added to the residue to give a precipitate, which is collected by filtration and precipitated again from ethyl acetate with diethylether to give the product in 32% yield.
  • mp. 176-184.5° C., Rf=0.24 (chloroform:methanol=9:1).
  • By repeating the procedures described in the above Examples using appropriate starting materials and conditions the following compounds of formula XI are obtained as identified below in Table 1.
    TABLE 1
    XI
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00016
    Example No. Rx mp. (° C.) Rf (solvent)
    4
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00017
    52-70 0.24 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:1)
    5
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00018
    150-160 0.30 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:2)
    6
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00019
    170-194 0.77 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:2)
    7
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00020
      169-184.5 0.43 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:1)
    8
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00021
      210-235.5 0.39 (n-hexae:AcOEt = 1:1)
    9
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00022
    174.5-176.5 0.48 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:2)
    10
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00023
    163-167 0.42 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:1)
    11
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00024
    234-242 0.43 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:1)
    12
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00025
      156-158.5 0.31 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:1)
    13
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00026
    191.5-199   0.45 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:1)
    14
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00027
    57-64 0.80 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:2)
    15
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00028
    0.31 (chloroform:MeOH = 7:3)
    16
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00029
    89-95 0.61 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:2)
    17
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00030
    223-224 0.23 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:2)
    18
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00031
    143-144 0.70 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:2)
    19
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00032
    0.33 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:1)
    20
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00033
    0.47 (n-hexane:AcOEt = 1:1)
    21
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00034
    122-126 0.18 (CH2Cl2:MeOH = 9:1)
    22
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00035
    oil 0.17 (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH3 = 9:1)
    23
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00036
    248-250 0.35 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    24
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00037
    136-138  0.21 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 95:5)
    25
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00038
    225-227 0.10 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    26
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00039
    97-99 0.41 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    27
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00040
    164-168 0.27 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    28
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00041
    114-116  0.16 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 95:5)
    29
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00042
    <70 0.16 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    30
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00043
    89-91 0.19 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
  • Example 31 Indole-2-carboxylic acid {1-[(cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-cyclohexyl}-amide A. Fmoc-1-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid
  • The title compound is prepared from 1-cyclohexane carboxylic acid (7 mmol), Fmoc-CI (7.7 mmol) and NaOH (14 mmol) in the usual manner in 18% yield. Rf=0.17 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=1:2).
  • B. Boc-2-Aminoisobutyric acid amide
  • 28% aqueous ammonia (66 mmol) is added to the mixed anhydride (prepared from 22 mmol of Boc-2-aminobutyric acid and 22 mmol of iso-butylcholoroformate by customary procedures) at 20° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 4-25° C. overnight. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, 1N hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel using n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/1 and n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/2, to give the product in 31% yield.
  • mp. 168-177.5° C., Rf=0.41 (chloroforrn:methanol=9:1).
  • C. 2-Aminobutyric acid amide hydrochloride
  • Boc-2-Aminoisobutyric acid amide is dissolved in 4N hydrochloride in dioxane. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 60 min. Diethylether is added to the solution to give a white precipitate, which is collected in 91% yield by filtration. The crude product is used for the next coupling without further purification.
  • Rf=0.28 (n-PrOH:H2O:ethyl acetate:NH3=5:1:2:1).
  • D. Fmoc-1-Amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (1-carbamoyl-1-methyl-ethyl)-amide
  • Fmoc-1-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid (2.2 mmol) and 2-aminobutyric acid amide hydrochloride (2.2 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (30 ml) and cooled with ice-salt. HOBt (2.6 mmol) and WSCD (2.6 mmol) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 4-25° C. over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, IN hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel using n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/4 and n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/6, to give the product in quantitative yield.
  • mp. 177.5-178.5° C., Rf=0.24 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=1:5)
  • E. Fmoc-1-Amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-amide
  • Thionyl chloride (2.6 mmol) is added to the solution of Fmoc-1-amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (1-carbamoyl-1-methyl-ethyl)-amide (0.86 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 ml) at 4° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 4° C. for 2 h., ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution are added and the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel using n-hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1, to give the product in quantitative yield.
  • Rf=0.57 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1.).
  • F. 1-Amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-amide
  • Fmoc-1-Amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-amide (2.1 mmol) is dissolved in 20% piperidin in dimethylformamide (6.3 ml). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 60 min. After evaporation of the solvent, the crude product is purified by chormatography on silica gel using n-hexane, n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/1 and 10% methanol in chloroform, to give the product in 31% yield. oil,
  • RF=0.84 (n-propanol:water:ethyl acetate:ammonia=5:1:2:1)
  • G. Indole-2-carboxylic acid {1-[(cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-cyclohexyl}-amide
  • 2-Indole carboxylic acid (0.51 mmol) and 1-amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-amide (0.61 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (15 ml) and cooled in an ice bath. HOBt (0.61 mmol) and WSCD.HCl (0.61 mmol) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 4-25° C. over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, 1N hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using n-hexane/ethyl acetate=4/1 and n-hexane/ethyl acetate=2/1, to give the product in 71% yield.
  • mp. 200-202° C., Rf=0.55 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1)
  • Example 32 Synthesis of Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-2-methyl-butyl)-amide A. 2-tert-Butyloxycarbonylamino-3-methyl-pentanoic acid cyanomethyl-amide
  • N-Tertbutyloxycarbonyl-isoleucine semihydrate (3 g, 12.5 mmol), HOBt (3.71 g, 27.5 mmol, 2.2 eq.) and aminoacetonitrile hydrochloride (1.27 g, 13.7 mmol, 1.1 eq.) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (36 ml) and WSCD (2.5 ml, 13.7 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added. After stirring for 1 hour at rt, 4% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with sodium bicarbonate and dilute hydrochloric acid, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated, to give the product in quantitative yield.
  • mp. 125-133.5° C., Rf=0.44 (hexanes:ethyl acetate=1:1)
  • B. 2-Amino-3-methyl-pentanoic acid cyanomethyl-amide hydrochloride
  • 2-tert-Butyloxycarbonylamino-3-methyl-pentanoic acid cyanomethyl-amide (2 g, 7.4 mmol) is dissolved in 4N hydrochloride in dioxane (10 ml). After 15 min. at rt the solvent is evaporated to give the product in quantitative yield. The crude product is used for the next step without further purification.
  • Rf (free amine)=0.33 (ethyl acetate:methanol=10:1)
  • C. Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-2-methyl-butyl]-amide
  • 2-Naphthoylchloride (255 mg, 1.34 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added to the solution of 2-amino-3-methyl-pentanoic acid cyanomethyl-amide hydrochloride (250 mg, 1.22 mmmo) and triethylamine (0.42 ml, 3.04 mmol, 2.5 eq.) in 5 ml dichloromethane. After 1 hour at rt 1 N hydrochloric acid is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel (hexane/ethyl acetate 10/1 to 5/1, followed by ethyl acetate) gives the product in 97% yield (381 mg).
  • mp. 203.5-207° C., Rf=0.44 (hexanes:ethyl acetate=1:1).
  • Example 33 Synthesis of Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid 1-(1-cyano-3-methyl-butylcarbamoyl)-2-methyl-butyl)-amide A. N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine methylester
  • L-isoleucine methylester hydrochloride (2.0 g, 11.0 mmol) and triethylamine (3.1 ml, 22.0 mmol, 2 eq.) are dissolved in dichloromethane (40 ml). The solution is cooled in an icebath and 2-naphthoylchloride (2.1 g, 11.0 mmol, 1 eq.) is added. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm up to rt and after 1 hour 1N hydrochloric acid is added. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to give the product in 98% yield.
  • Rf=0.50 (hexanes:ethyl acetate=2:1)
  • B. N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine
  • N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine methylester (3.14 g, 10.5 mmol) is stirred in a mixture of methanol (35 ml) and 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (16.8 ml; 1.6 eq.). After 3 hours at rt the mixture is heated for 1 hour at 40° C. 1 N hydrochloric acid and brine is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to give the product in quantitative yield (partly epimerized).
  • Rf=0.32 (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:2)
  • C. (S)-1-Cyano-3-methyl-butylamine hydrochloride
  • (S)—N-tent-Butyloxycarbonyl-1-cyano-3-methyl-butylamine (CAS 115654-59-6) (3.7 g, 17.4 mmol) is dissolved in 4N hydrogenchloride in dioxane (20 ml). After 15 minutes at rt the solvent is evaporated, the residue is taken up in diethylether, the solid is filtered and dried in vacuum to give the product in 81% yield.
  • Rf (free amine)=0.34 (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1)
  • D. Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-3-methyl-butylcarbamoyl)-2-methyl-butyl-amide
  • N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine (250 mg, 0.87 mmol), (S)-1-cyano-3-methyl-butylamine (143 mg, 0.96 mmol, Meq.) and HOBt (260 mg, 1.93 mmol, 2.2 eq.) are dissolved in dimethylfonnamide (5 ml) and WSCD (0.17 ml, 0.96 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added. After stirring for 1 hour at rt, 4% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with sodium bicarbonate and dilute hydrochloric acid, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel (hexane/ethyl acetate 2/1) gives the product in 68% yield (mixture of epimers).
  • R.f=0.43 (hexanes:ethyl acetate=2:1)
  • Example 34 Synthesis of Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-3-methyl-butylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-amide A. N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-leucine
  • The title compound is prepared analogously is prepared similar to N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine (see above) in 98% yield, starting from leucine methylester.
  • Rf=0.34 (hexanes:ethyl acetate=1:1)
  • B. Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-3-methyl-butylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-amide
  • N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-leucine (250 mg, 0.88 mmol), (S)-1-cyano-3-methyl-butylamine (143 mg, 0.96 mmol, 1.1 eq.) and HOBt (260 mg, 1.93 mmol, 2.2 eq.) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (5 ml) and WSCD (0.18 ml, 0.97 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added. After stirring for 1 hour at rt, 4% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with sodium bicarbonate and dilute hydrochloric acid, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel (hexane/ethyl acetate 2/1) gives the product in 79% yield (mixture of epimers).
  • Rf=0.44 (hexane:ethyl acetate=2:1)
  • Example 35 Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid {1-[1-cyano-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl)-amide
  • The title compound is prepared analogously to the compound of Example 22. N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-leucine and 1-cyano-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylamine (CAS 169545-97-5) are reacted by the same procedure as for Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-3-methyl-butylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-amide, to give the product in 36% yield after chromatography on silica gel (hexane/ethyl acetate 1/1) (mixture of epimers).
  • Rf=0.59 (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1)
  • Example 36 Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-1-methyl-ethyl carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl}-amide A. N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-1-cyano-1-methyl-ethylamine
  • Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00044
  • Boc-2-aminoisobutyric acid amide (4.58 g, 22.6 mmol) and triethylamine (7 ml, 50 mmol, 2.2 eq.) are dissolved in THF (100 ml) and trifluoroacetic acid anhydride (3.5 ml, 25 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added at 0. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° for 1 hour. The mixture is concentrated and water is added. The organic layer is extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel using n-hexane/ethyl acetate=20/1, 10/1, 5/1 and 1/1 to give the product in 74% yield.
  • Rf=0.45 (n-hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1)
  • B. 1-Cyano-1-methyl-ethylamine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00045
  • N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-1-cyano-1-methyl-ethylamine (3.09 g, 16.8 mmol) is dissolved in dioxane (15 ml) and 4N hydrochloric acid-dioxane (25 ml) is added at 0°. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° for 1.5 hours, then at rt for 1 hour. The mixture is concentrated and diethyl ether is added. The resulting white precipitate is washed with diethyl ether and dried to give the product in 83% yield. The crude product is used for the next coupling without further purification.
  • Rf=0.66 (n-PrOH/H2O/ethyl acetate/NH3=5/1/2/1)
  • C. Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-1-methyl-ethylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-amide
  • Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00046
  • N-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-leucine (279 mg, 0.98 mmol), 1-cyano-1-methyl-ethylamine hydrochloride (137 mg, 1.14 mmol, 1.2 eq.) and HOBt (297 mg, 2.20 mmol, 2.2 eq.) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (5 ml) and WSCD (0.2 ml, 1.09 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added at −10°. After stirring for 1.5 hours at −10°, 5% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel (n-hexane/ethyl acetate=20/1, 10/1, 5/1, 3/1 and 1/1) gives the product in 8.7% yield (mixture of enantiomers).
  • Rf=0.54 (n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/1)
  • Example 37 Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-4-phenyl-propylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-amide A. Boc-2-Amino-4-phenyl-butyric acid amide Boc-Hph-CONH2
  • Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00047
  • 28% aqueous ammonia (34 mmol) is added to the mixed anhydride (prepared from 16.8 mmol of Boc-homophenylalanine and 17.0 mmol of isobutylchloroformate as usual) at −10. The reaction mixture is stirred at rt for 4.5 hours. The mixture is concentrated, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, 1N hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to give the product in quantitative yield. The crude product is used for the next reaction without further purification.
  • Rf=0.60 (chloroform/mathanol=10/1)
  • Thereafter the title compound
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00048

    is prepared analogously as in steps A, B and C of Example 36
  • Rf=0.81 (n-hexane/ethyl acetate=1/1)
  • Example 38 Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [1-(1-cyano-4-phenyl-propylcarbamoyl)-cyclohexyl]-amide A. Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid[(1-methoxycarbonyl)-cyclohexyl]-amide
  • Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00049
  • 1-Amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (1 g, 5.2 mmol) and triethylamine (1.44 ml, 10.3 mmol, 2 eq.) are dissolved in dichloromethane (15 ml) and 2-naphthoyl chloride (1 g, 5.2 mmol, 1 eq.) is added at 0°. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°-25° for 2 hours and 1N hydrochloric acid is added. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel (n-hexane/ethyl acetate=10/1, 5/1, 3/1 and 1/1) gives the product in 93% yield.
  • Rf=0.30 (n-hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1)
  • B. N-(2-Naphthoyl)-1-amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid
  • Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00050
  • Starting from Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [(1-methoxycarbonyl)-cyclohexyl]-amide, the product is prepared analogously to N-(naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-isoleucine in quantitative yield. It is used for the next coupling without further purification.
  • Rf=60 (chloroform/methanol=10/1)
  • C. Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid[1-(1-cyano-4-phenyl-propylcarbamoyl)-cyclohexyl]-amide
  • Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00051
  • N-(2-Naphthoyl)-1-amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (67 mg, 0.22 mmol), 1-cyano-3-phenyl-propylamine hydrochloride (47 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.1 eq.) and HOAt (65 mg, 0.48 mmol, 2.2 eq.) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (2 ml) and WSCD (0.044 ml, 0.24 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added at −10°. After stirring at 0°-25° overnight, 5% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel(chloroform/acetone=200/1 and 100/1) gives the product in 63% yield.
  • Rf=0.73 (chloroforrn/acetone=9/1)
  • Example 39 1.H.-Indole-5-carboxylic acid [1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-cyclohexyl)-amide
  • 1-Amino-cyclohexancarboxylic acid cyanomethyl-amide (136 mg, 0.50 mmol), indol-5-carboxylic acid (80 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and HOBt (74 mg, 0.55 mmol, 1.1 eq.) are dissoved in dimethylfonnamide (5 ml) and WSCD (0.10 ml, 0.55 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added. After stirring for 20 hour at rt, 4% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the mixture is extraced with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel (hexanes/ethyl acetate 2/1, then ethyl acetate) gives the product in 20% yield.
  • Rf=0.31 (hexanes/ethyl acetate=3/1)
  • Example 40 Synthesis of N-[1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-cyclohexyl]-4-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-benzamide A. Boc-1-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid
  • The title compound is prepared from 1-cyclohexane carboxylic acid (140 mmol), Boc2O (154 mmol) and Na2CO3 (140 mmol) in 200 ml dioxane and 100 ml water by conventional methods. Mp. 157-161° C.; Rf=0.23 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5)
  • B. Boc-1-amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-amide
  • Boc-1-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid (40 mmol), HOBt (40 mmol) and WSCD (42 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (75 ml) and stirred for 15 min. at RT. 2-aminoacetonitrile hydrochloride (40mmol) and triethylamine (40 mmol) are suspended in DMF (25 ml) and added to the reaction mixture which is stirred at 25° C. over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue is suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). 7.35 g of a white powder with mp. 160-162° C., Rf=0.28 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) is obtained.
  • C. 1-Amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-amide hydrochloride
  • HCl in Diethylether (3-4N, 50 ml) is added to the solution Boc-1-amino-cyclohexane-carboxylic acid (1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-amide (33 mmol) in THF (50 ml) at RT and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture is cooled with an ice bath to 0-4° C. and the solid filtered off and washed with diethylether. The white crystals are dried (vacuum). Mp. 205-209° C.; Rf=0.45 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1).
  • D. N-[1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-cyclohexyl]-4-bromomethyl-benzamide
  • 4-Bromomethyl-benzoic acid (2.3 mmol) is suspended in CH2Cl2 (7 ml) and cooled to 0-5° C. Chlorenamine (2.3 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 45 min. at 0-5° C. 1-Amino-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-amide hydrochloride (2.3 mmol) and N-ethyldiisopropyl-amine (4.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (7 ml) is added at low temperature. The mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0-5° C. and at RT over night. The reaction mixture is diluted with CH2Cl2 (40 ml), washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using CH2Cl2/MeOH=97:3. The fractions containing the pure product were collected and evaporated. The residue was suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of. A white powder with mp. 194-196° C., Rf=0.38 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5) is obtained.
  • E. N-[1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-cyclohexyl]-4-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-benzamide
  • N-[1-(cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-cyclohexyl]-4-bromomethyl-benzamide (0.34 mmol) is dissolved in THF (2 ml) and sodium-imidazol (0.41 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture stirred at RT over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using CH2Cl2MeOH=9:1. The fractions containing the pure product were collected and evaporated. The residue was suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of. A white powder with mp. 194-196° C., Rf=0.28 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1) is obtained.
  • By repeating the procedure described above in Examples 40, using appropriate starting materials and reaction conditions the following compounds of formula XII are obtained as identified below in Table 2.
    TABLE 2
    XII
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00052
    Example Rf (solvent)
    No. Rx Rz mp. (° C.) MS (M + 1)
    41
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00053
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00054
    0.26 (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1)
    42
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00055
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00056
    0.50 (hexanes/EtOAc = 1/1)
    43
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00057
    H 126-128 0.19 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    44
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00058
    H 162-165 0.27 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    45
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00059
    H 147-149 0.24 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    46
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00060
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00061
    0.26 (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1)
    47
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00062
    0.50 (hexanes/EtOAc = 1/1)
    48
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00063
    H 0.31 (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1)
    49
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00064
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00065
    0.31 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 2/1)
    50
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00066
    0.42 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 2/1)
    51
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00067
    0.42 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 2/1)
    52
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00068
    0.42 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 2/1)
    53
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00069
    H 0.69 (EtOAc)
    54
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00070
    0.69 (EtOAc)
    55
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00071
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00072
    0.58 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    56
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00073
    H 0.47 (EtOAc)
    57
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00074
    H 0.72 (EtOAc)
    58
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00075
    0.73 (EtOAc)
    59
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00076
    0.66 (EtOAc)
    60
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00077
    0.66 (EtOAc)
    61
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00078
    0.67 (EtOAc)
    62
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00079
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00080
    0.24 (toluene/acetone 7/3) 436
    63
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00081
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00082
    199-201 446
    64
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00083
    184-185 459
    65
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00084
    0.14 (CH2Cl2/MeOH 10/0.2) 445
    66
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00085
    0.54 (petroleum ether/EtOAc 1/1)
    67
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00086
    154-155 522
  • Example 68 Synthesis of N-{1-[(Cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl}-4-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-benzamide A. {1-[(Cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl)-carbamic acid .tert.-butyl ester
  • Boc-Leu-OH (62 mmol), HOBt (62 mmol) and WSCD (62 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (150 ml) and stirred for 15 min. at RT. 2-Amino-2-methyl-propionamide hydrochloride (62 mmol) and triethylamine (62 mmol) are suspended in DMF (25 ml) and added to the reaction mixture which is stirred at 25° C. over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue is suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). 14.78 g of a white powder with mp. 182-184° C., Rf=0.39 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1) is obtained.
  • B. {1-[(Cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl}-carbamic acid .tert.-butyl ester
  • {1-[(Cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl}-carbamic acid .tert.-butyl ester (47 mmol) is dissolved in THF (150 ml) and cooled to −10° C. Trifluoroacetic acid anhydride (56 mmol) and triethylamine (94 mmol) are added at −10° C. and the stirred mixture is slowly warmed up to 0° C. over 2 hours. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue is suspended in diethylether/ pentane and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). 9.93 g of a white powder with mp. 166-168° C., Rf=0.55 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) is obtained.
  • C. 2-Amino-4-methyl-pentanoic acid, (cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-amide
  • {1-[(Cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl)-carbamic acid .tert. butyl ester (19 mmol) is dissolved in ethyl acetate containing HCl (3-4N, water free) and the mixture is stirred at RT overnight. After evaporation of the solvent, the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1. The fractions containing the pure product were collected and evaporated. 2.3 g of a yellowish oil, Rf=0.36 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1) is obtained.
  • D. N-{1-[(Cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl)-4-bromomethyl-benzamide
  • 4-Bromomethylbenzoic acid (4.1 mmol), HOBt (4.1 mmol) and WSCD.HCl (4.1 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (7 ml) and stirred for 10 min. 2-Amino-4-methyl-pentanoic acid (cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-amide (4.1 mmol) is added in DMF (3 ml) and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT overnight. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). A white powder with mp. 185-187° C., Rf=0.43 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) is obtained.
  • E. N-{1-[(Cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl}-4-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-benzamide
  • N-{1-[(Cyano-dimethyl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-3-methyl-butyl)-4-bromomethyl-benzamide (0.18 mmol) is dissolved in THF (1 ml) and sodium-imidazol (0.41 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture stirred at RT over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. An oil with Rf=0.44 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1) is obtained.
  • By repeating the procedure described above in Examples 68, using appropriate starting materials and conditions the following compounds of formula XIII are obtained as identified below in Table 3.
    TABLE 3
    XIII
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00087
    Example yield (%)
    No. Rx (step B) mp. (° C.) Rf (solvent)
    69
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00088
    58 135-137 0.29 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    70
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00089
    51 160-162 0.16 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    71
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00090
    44 186-188 0.23 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
  • Example 72 N-[1-(Cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 yl-ethylsulfanyl)-benzamide A. 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfanyl)-benzoic acid
  • 4-Mercaptobenzoic acid (65 mmol) and 1-Bromo-2-chloro-ethane (71 mmol) are dissolved in acetone (120 ml) and powdered potassium carbonate (71 mmol) is added. The mixture is warmed up to 40° C. and stirred for 7 hours. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). 7.8 g of a white powder with mp. 142-144° C., Rf=0.37 (methylenchlorid/methanol=9/1) is obtained.
  • B. 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfanyl)-benzoyl-Leu-Gly(CN)
  • 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfanyl)-benzoic acid (18.5 mmol), HOBt (18.5 mmol) and WSCD.HCl (19.4 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (50 ml) and stirred for 15 min. H-Leu-Gly((CN) (18.5 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT overnight. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. After evaporation of the solvent, the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5. The fractions containing the pure product were collected and evaporated. The product is suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). 3.15 g of a yellowish powder with mp. 108-110° C., Rf=0.33 (n-hexane: ethyl acetate=1:1) is obtained.
  • C. N-[1-(Cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethylsulfanyl)-benzamide
  • 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfanyl)-benzoyl-Leu-Gly(CN) (1.36 mmol) is dissolved DMF (2 ml) and pyrrolidine (3 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 8 hours at RT, then a catalytic amount of potassium iodide is added and again stirred at 50° C. overnight. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude material is applied to a column of silica gel. Elution with CH2Cl2/MeOH=93:7 gives the product in 24% yield (Rf=0.12 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5).
  • Example 73 Synthesis of N-[1-(Cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethylsulfonyl)-benzamide A. 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfonyl)-benzoic acid
  • 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfanyl)-benzoic acid (18.4 mmol) is suspended in methylene chloride (60 ml) and cooled to −10° C. m-Chloroperbenzoic acid (38.6 mmol) are added dropwise in methylene chloride (60 ml) and the mixture is stirred for e hours at −10° C. The mixture is diluted methylene chloride (100 ml) and a 5% solution of sodium thiosulfate in water is added and the mixture vigorously stirred. The mixture is extracted, washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is recrystallized from ethylacetate and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). 2.19 g of a pale powder with mp. 142-144° C., Rf=0.37 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1) is obtained.
  • B. 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfonyl)-benzoyl-Leu-Gly(CN)
  • 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfonyl)-benzoic acid (8.8 mmol), HOBt (8.8 mmol) and WSCD.HCl (8.8 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (25 ml) and stirred for 15 min. H-Leu-Gly((CN) (18.5 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT overnight. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. After evaporation of the solvent, the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using CH2Cl2NeOH=95:5. The fractions containing the pure product were collected and evaporated. The product is suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). 0.3 g of a white powder, Rf=0.25 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5) is obtained.
  • C. N-[1-(Cyanomethyl-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl sulfonyl)-benzamide
  • 4-(2-Chloroethylsulfonyl)-benzoyl-Leu-Gly(CN) (0.4 mmol) is in pyrrolidine (1 ml. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1.5 hours at RT. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude material is applied to a column of silica gel. Elution with CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5 gives the product in 43% yield (Rf=0.30 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5).
  • Example 74 Synthesis of N-[1-(1-Cyano-3-methyl-butylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-4-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-benzamide A. Boc-Leu-Leu-NH2
  • Boc-Leu-Leu-OH (Bachem, 43.6 mmol) is dissolved in THF (250 ml) and N-methylmorpholine (43.6 mmol) is added. The mixture is cooled to −20° C. and isobutyl chloroformate (43.6 mmol) is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred for 10 min. and then a 25% aqueous solution of ammonia (52.3 mmol) is added at −20° C. The mixture is stirred for 3 hours at −20° C. to −10° C. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). 14.28 of a white powder with mp. 155-156° C., Rf=0.5 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1) is obtained.
  • B. Boc-Leu-Leu(CN)
  • Boc-Leu-Leu-NH2 (41 mmol) is suspended in THF (200 ml) and triethylamine (83 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid anhydride (41 mmol) is added at −5° C. The mixture is stirred for 2 hours at −5° C. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. A yellowish oil with Rf=0.59 (n-hexane:ethyl acetate=2:1) is obtained and deprotected without further purification (step C.).
  • C. H-Leu-Leu(CN)
  • Boc-Leu-Leu(CN) (41 mmol) is dissolved in THF (50 ml) and HCl in diethylether (50 ml, 3-4N, water-free) is added at RT and the mixture stirred overnight. After evaporation of the solvent the residue is dissolved in methanol and ammonia in methanol (40 ml, 3-4N, water-free) is added and the solid material filtered of. The filtrate is evaporated and the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5. The fractions containing the pure product were collected and evaporated. 5.07 g of a yellowish oil with Rf=0.43 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1) is obtained.
  • D. 4-Bromomethylbenzoyl-Leu-Leu(CN)
  • 4-Bromomethylbenzoic acid (6.67 mmol), HOBt (6.67 mmol) and WSCD.HCl (7.0 mmol) are dissolved in dimethylformamide, (15 ml) and stirred for 15 min. H-Leu-Leu(CN) (6.67 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2.5 hours at RT. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. After evaporation of the solvent, the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using CH2Cl2/MeOH=97:3. The fractions containing the pure product were collected and evaporated. 1.74 g of a yellowish oil with Rf=0.59 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5) is obtained.
  • E. N-[1-(1=Cyano-3-methyl-butylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-4-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-benzamide
  • 4-Bromomethylbenzoyl-Leu-Leu(CN) (1.23 mmol) is dissolved in THF (5 ml) and sodium-imidazol (1.48 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture stirred at RT over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica using CH2Cl2/MeOH=95:5. The fractions containing the pure product were collected and evaporated. The product is suspended in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum). A white powder with mp. 100-103° C., Rf=0.36 (CH2Cl2/MeOH=9:1) is obtained.
  • By repeating the procedure described above in Example 74, using appropriate starting materials and conditions the following compounds of formula XIV are obtained as identified below in Table 4.
    TABLE 4
    XIV
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00091
    Example yield (%)
    No. Rx (step B) mp. (° C.) Rf (solvent)
    75
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00092
    45 0.17 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 95:5)
    76
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00093
    51 0.23 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
    77
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00094
    64 0.31 (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 9:1)
  • Example 78 [1-(2-Benzyloxy-1-cyano-ethylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester A. 3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-4-methyl-pentanoylamino)-propionic acid
  • To a suspension of 0.975 g H-Ser(OBzl)-OH in 5 ml of methylene chloride is added 1.52 ml of trimethylchlorosilane. After ten minutes at room temperature 0.98 ml of N,N-diisopropylethyl amine and 1.81 g of benzyloxy leucine N-hydroxysuccinimidester is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate is washed once with saturated NH4Cl-solution and once with H2O, then dried over sodium sulfate, the solvent is removed and the residue is crystallized from diethylether.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3, ppm): 7.30 (m, 10H), 6.83 (d,1H), 5.32 (d,1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.71 (m,1H), 4.50 (s,2H), 4.28 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.67 (m, 1 H), 1.46-1.79 (m, 3H), 0.92 (d, 6H).
  • B. [1-(2-Benzyloxy-1-carbamoyl-ethylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester
  • To a solution of 0.980 g of 3-benzyloxy-2-(2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-4-methyl-pentanoylamino)-propionic acid and 0.25 ml of N-methylmorpholine in 12 ml of tetrahydrofuran 0.3 ml of isobutylchloroformate is added dropwise at −15° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at −15° C. for 10 minutes, then 4 ml of aqueous NH3 (25%) is added dropwise over a time period of 5 minutes. The reaction mixture is stirred for additional 15 minutes and diluted with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate is washed once with saturated NH4Cl-solution and once with H2O, then dried sodium sulfate, the solvent is removed and the residue is triturated with diethylether.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3, ppm): 7.38 (m, 10H), 6.87 (d, 1H), 6.60 (m (br.), 1H), 5.41 (m (br.), 1H), 5.12 (d, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.50 (d, 2H), 4.20-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.41 (m, 3H), 0.90 (d, 6H).
  • C. [1-(2-Benzyloxy-1-cyano-ethylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester
  • 0.3 ml of trifluoroacetic acid anhydride is added dropwise to a solution of 0.9 g of [1-(2-benzyloxy-1-carbamoyl-ethylcarbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester and 0.6 ml of triethylamine in 15 ml of tetrahydrofuran at −5° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at −5° C. for 3 hours and then for 12 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then poured into H2O and the aqueous layer is extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers are washed once with H2O and once with brine, then dried over sodium sulfate, the solvent is removed and the residue is crystallized from diethylether/hexane. Mp.: 126-127° C.
  • The following compounds formula XV, as identified in Table 5 below, are prepared analogously to the compound of Example 78.
    TABLE 5
    XV
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00095
    Example mp. (° C.)
    No. Rz MS (M + 1)
    79
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00096
    100-101°
    80
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00097
    157-158°
    81
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00098
    157-158°
    82
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00099
    159-161°
    83
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00100
    106-107°
    84
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00101
    126-127°424
    85
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00102
    144-146438
  • Example 86 2-2[(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-acetylamino]-4-methyl-pentanoic acid cyanomethyl-amide
  • (4-Chloro-phenylamino)-acetic acid (0.5 g) and H-Leu-Gly((CN).HCl (0.55 g) are dissolved in dimethylformamide (4 ml). HOBt (0.44 g), WSCD.HCl (0.54 g), triethylamine (0.37 nil) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 18 hours. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with 10% citric acid, brine, sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is slurried in diethylether and the solid filtered of and dried (vacuum) yielding a white powder with mp. 131-134° C.
  • By repeating the procedure described above in Example 86, using appropriate starting materials and conditions the following compounds of formula XVI are obtained as identified below in Table 6.
    TABLE 6
    XVI
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00103
    Example mp.
    No. R* (° C.) Rf (solvent)
    87
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00104
    foam 0.32 (CH2Cl2/ MeOH = 95:5)
    88
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00105
    110-115
    89
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00106
    foam 0.30 (CH2Cl2/ MeOH = 95:5)
    90
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00107
    130-133
    91
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00108
    amorph 0.42 (CH2Cl2/ MeOH = 95:5)
    92
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00109
    131-133
    93
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00110
    108-110
    94
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00111
    Resin 0.43 (CH2Cl2/ MeOH = 95:5)
    95
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00112
    77-79
    96
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00113
    Oil
    97
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00114
    Resin 0.53 (CH2Cl2/ MeOH = 95:5)
    98
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00115
    foam 0.47 (CH2Cl2/ MeOH = 95:5)
    99
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00116
    143-146
    100
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00117
    119-121
    101
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00118
    Resin 0.26 (CH2Cl2/ MeOH = 95:5)
    102
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00119
    146-149
  • By repeating the procedures described in the above Examples using appropriate starting materials and reaction conditions the following compounds of formula XVII are obtained as identified below in Table 7.
    TABLE 7
    XVII
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00120
    Example No. Rx Ry Rz mp. (° C.) Rf (solvent)/MS (M + 1)
    103
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00121
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00122
    H 203.5-207   0.44 (hexanes/EtOAc = 1/1)
    104
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00123
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00124
    0.44 (hexanes/EtOAc = 2/1)
    105
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00125
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00126
    0.52 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    106
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00127
    0.45 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    107
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00128
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00129
    0.30 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 3/1)
    108
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00130
    0.40 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 2/1)
    109
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00131
    0.24 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 4/3)
    110
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00132
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00133
    0.36 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 2/1)
    111
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00134
    0-17 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    112
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00135
    0.27 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    113
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00136
    H 0.45 (EtOAc)
    114
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00137
    0.58 (EtOAc)
    115
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00138
    0.28 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    116
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00139
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00140
    0.46 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    117
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00141
    0.41 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 2/1)
    118
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00142
    H 0.79 (EtOAc)
    119
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00143
    0.74 (EtOAc)
    120
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00144
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00145
    0.52 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    121
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00146
    0.60 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    122
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00147
    H 0.60 (EtOAc)
    123
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00148
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00149
    0.54 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    124 H 0.26 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    125
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00150
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00151
    0.41 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    126
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00152
    0.43 (n-hexane/EtOAc = 1/1)
    127
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00153
    151-152 433
    128
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00154
    137-138 447
    129
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00155
    0.65 (toluene/acetone 7/3) 466
    130
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00156
    163-165 470
    131
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00157
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00158
    214-215 447
    132
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00159
    0.66 (CH2Cl2/CH3OH 10/0.5) 487
    133
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00160
    176-178 466
    134
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00161
    106-110 522
    135
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00162
    0.46 (CH2Cl2/CH3OH 10/0.5) 477
    136
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00163
    0.51 (CH2Cl2/CH3OH 10/0.5) 510
    137
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00164
    0.26 (CH2Cl2/CH3OH 10/0.5) 491
    138
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00165
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00166
    121-126 560
    139
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00167
    141-143 548
    140
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00168
    233-234 529
    141
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00169
    199-202 471
    142
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00170
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00171
    122-126 522
    143
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00172
    0.40 (CH2Cl2/CH3OH 10/0.5) 506
    144
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00173
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00174
    131-133 515
    145
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00175
    114-115 560
    146
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00176
    180-182 485
    147
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00177
    129-133 447
    148
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00178
    0.50 (toluene/EtOH 9/1) 477
    149
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00179
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00180
    145-146 454
    150
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00181
    152-153 408
    151
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00182
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00183
    210-211 499
    152
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00184
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00185
    148-149 506
    153
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00186
    236-237 417
  • Compounds of Examples 1 to 153 are typically selective inhibitors of cathepsin K and generally have IC50s for inhibition of human cathepsin K of from about 100 to about 1 nM or less, e.g. about 0.5 nM.
  • Representative compounds e.g. as described in the above Example's typically have IC50s for inhibition of Cathepsin K in the range from less than 1 up to about 100 nm, and IC50s for inhibition of Cathepsin K which are at least 10 to about 1000 times less than their IC50s for inhibition of Cathepsin L and Cathepsin S, e.g. when tested in the assays described above.
  • The cathepsin K selective compounds of the invention are particularly indicated for preventing or treating osteoporosis of various genesis (e.g. juvenile, menopausal, post-menopausal, post-traumatic, caused by old age or by cortico-steroid therapy or inactivity).
  • By repeating the procedures described in the above Examples using appropriate starting materials and reaction conditions the following compounds of formula XVII are obtained as identified below in Tables 8, 9 and 10.
    TABLE 8
    XVII
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00187
    Example Rx Ry Rz mp (° C.) MS (M + 1) Rf (solvent)
    154
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00188
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00189
    H 169-170 574 (M − 1)
    155
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00190
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00191
    H 0.80 (n-hexane/EtOAC = 1/1)
    156
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00192
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00193
    H 0.63 (n-hexane/EtOAC = 1/2)
    157
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00194
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00195
    H 0.53 (n-hexane/EtOAC = 1/1)
    158
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00196
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00197
    H 0.38 (n-hexane/EtOAC = 1/1)
    159
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00198
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00199
    H 422.2
    160
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00200
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00201
    H 365.1
    161
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00202
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00203
    H 353  
    162
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00204
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00205
    H 315.1
    163
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00206
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00207
    H 314.9
    164
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00208
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00209
    H 304.1
    165
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00210
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00211
    H 259.1
    166
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00212
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00213
    H 288.1
    167
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00214
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00215
    H 322  
    168
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00216
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00217
    H 318.1
    169
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00218
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00219
    H 378.5
    170
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00220
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00221
    H 313.9
    171
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00222
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00223
    H 327.9
    172
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00224
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00225
    H 349.9
    173
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00226
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00227
    H 383.7
    174
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00228
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00229
    H 349.8
    175
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00230
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00231
    H 343.9
    176
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00232
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00233
    H 327.9
    177
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00234
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00235
    H 341.9
    178
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00236
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00237
    H 315.2
    179
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00238
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00239
    H 319.9
    180
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00240
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00241
    H 332  
    181
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00242
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00243
    H 348.1
    182
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00244
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00245
    H 381.3
    183
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00246
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00247
    H 344.0
    184
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00248
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00249
    H 347.9
    185
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00250
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00251
    H 344.0
    186
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00252
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00253
    H 320  
    187
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00254
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00255
    H 370  
    188
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00256
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00257
    H 328  
    189
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00258
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00259
    H 332  
    191
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00260
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00261
    H 322.9
    192
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00262
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00263
    H 381.8
    193
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00264
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00265
    H 332  
    194
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00266
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00267
    H 358.8
    195
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00268
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00269
    H 357.9
    196
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00270
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00271
    H 338.8
    197
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00272
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00273
    H 275.9
    198
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00274
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00275
    H 397.9
    199
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00276
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00277
    H 352.9
    200
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00278
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00279
    H 316.9
    201
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00280
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00281
    H 392  
    202
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00282
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00283
    H 360.8
    203
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00284
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00285
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00286
    330  
    204
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00287
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00288
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00289
    365  
    205
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00290
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00291
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00292
    358  
    206
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00293
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00294
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00295
    396  
    207
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00296
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00297
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00298
    370  
    208
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00299
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00300
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00301
    374  
    209
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00302
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00303
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00304
    370  
    210
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00305
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00306
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00307
    354  
    211
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00308
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00309
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00310
    345.1
    212
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00311
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00312
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00313
    325  
    213
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00314
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00315
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00316
    318  
    214
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00317
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00318
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00319
    368  
    215
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00320
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00321
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00322
    307.9

    *Δ is cyclopropyl, i.e. Rz is ethylene and makes a cyclopropyl ring with the carbon atom to which it is attached.
  • The compounds of Table 8 are typically selective inhibitors for cathepsin S, and normally have IC50s for cathepsin S inhibition in the range from about 100 to about 10 nM.
    TABLE 9
    Example Rx Ry Rz mp. (° C.) MS (M + 1)
    216
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00323
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00324
    H 184-185 432  
    217
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00325
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00326
    H 181-182 412  
    218
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00327
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00328
    H 188-189 448  
    219
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00329
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00330
    H 168-169 364  
    220
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00331
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00332
    Δ 208-209 438  
    221
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00333
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00334
    H 146-148 413  
    222
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00335
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00336
    H 194-195 483  
    223
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00337
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00338
    H 186-187 418  
    224
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00339
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00340
    H 176-177 418  
    225
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00341
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00342
    H 174-175 391  
    226
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00343
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00344
    H 390  
    227
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00345
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00346
    H 180-181 440  
    228
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00347
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00348
    H 352  
    229
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00349
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00350
    H 139-140 562  
    230
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00351
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00352
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00353
    180-181 440  
    231
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00354
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00355
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00356
    151-153 485  
    232
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00357
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00358
    H 112-114 407  
    233
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00359
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00360
    H 424.3
    234
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00361
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00362
    H 399.4
    235
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00363
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00364
    H 382  
    236
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00365
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00366
    H 468.0
    237
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00367
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00368
    H 394.2
    238
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00369
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00370
    H 444.3
    239
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00371
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00372
    H 444.2
    240
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00373
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00374
    H 411.9
    241
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00375
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00376
    H 390.1
    242
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00377
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00378
    H 445.9
    243
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00379
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00380
    H 406.0
    244
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00381
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00382
    H 461.9
    245
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00383
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00384
    H 443.7
    246
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00385
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00386
    H 411.7
    247
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00387
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00388
    H 435.8
    248
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00389
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00390
    H 511.9
    249
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00391
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00392
    H 445.5
    250
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00393
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00394
    H 429.4
    251
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00395
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00396
    H 376  
    252
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00397
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00398
    H 356  
    253
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00399
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00400
    H 372  
    254
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00401
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00402
    H 427.9
    255
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00403
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00404
    H 410  
    256
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00405
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00406
    H 477.9
    257
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00407
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00408
    H 402  
    258
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00409
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00410
    H 478  
    259
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00411
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00412
    H 409.9
    260
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00413
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00414
    H 134-135 350  (M − 1)
    261
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00415
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00416
    H 122-124 388  (M − 1)
    262
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00417
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00418
    H 360.0
    263
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00419
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00420
    H 385.9
    264
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00421
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00422
    H 461.9
    265
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00423
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00424
    H 393.8
    266
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00425
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00426
    H 411.7
    267
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00427
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00428
    H 408.0
    268
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00429
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00430
    H 480.0
    269
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00431
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00432
    H 411.8
    270
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00433
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00434
    H 385.9
    271
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00435
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00436
    H 369.9
    272
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00437
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00438
    H 402  
    273
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00439
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00440
    Δ 408  
    274
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00441
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00442
    H 394  
    275
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00443
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00444
    H 421  
    276
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00445
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00446
    H 409  
    277
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00447
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00448
    H 437  
    278
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00449
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00450
    H 307.9
    279
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00451
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00452
    H 341.7
    280
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00453
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00454
    H 333.9
    281
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00455
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00456
    H 302.1
    282
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00457
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00458
    H 150-151 382  
    283
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00459
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00460
    H 393  
    284
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00461
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00462
    Δ 433  
    285
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00463
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00464
    H 458.3
    286
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00465
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00466
    H 450.2
    287
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00467
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00468
    —CH3 424.1
    288
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00469
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00470
    —CH3 457.3
    289
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00471
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00472
    —CH3 417.9
    290
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00473
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00474
    —CH3 449.8
    291
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00475
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00476
    —CH3 457.8
    292
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00477
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00478
    —CH3 449.9
    293
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00479
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00480
    —CH3 525.9
    294
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00481
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00482
    —CH3 457.7
    295
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00483
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00484
    —CH3 452.1
    296
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00485
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00486
    Δ 428.2
  • The compounds of Table 9 are typically selective inhibitors for cathepsin L, having IC50s for cathepsin L inhibition which are preferably in the range from about 100 to about 1 nM.
    TABLE 10
    Example Rx Ry Rz mp. (° C.) MS (M + 1)
    297
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00487
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00488
    H 181-183 398
    298
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00489
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00490
    H 169-170 912
    299
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00491
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00492
    Δ 333.9
    300
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00493
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00494
    H 410.1
    301
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00495
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00496
    H 434.7
  • The compounds of Table 10 are inhibitors of cathepsin L and cathepsin S, having IC50s for inhibition of cathepsin L in the range from about 100 to about 50 nM and IC20s for inhibition of cathepsin S in the range from about 50 to about 10 nM.
  • Example 302 Synthesis of N-[2-[(3-(methoxy-carbonyl)-phenyl)-methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenyl-alaninamide A. O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine
  • To a solution of N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine (16.1 g, 78.46 mmol) in DMF (90 mL) at −15° C. is added sodium hydride (6.9 g, 60% in mineral oil, 172.6 mmol) portionwise with vigorous stirring, over 0.5 hour. After all sodium hydride is added, the mixture is stirred for an additional 10 minutes at 0° C., and then at room temperature for 30 minutes. The solution is cooled back to 0° C., and a solution of methyl 3-bromomethylbenzoate (19.77 g, 86.30 mmol) in DMF (90 mL) is added dropwise over 15 minutes. The mixture is then warmed to room temperature for 16 hours. DMF is then evaporated (high vacuum, <40° C.), and the residue is diluted with cold water (200 mL) and acidified to pH 4-5 with 1 N HCl. The resulting mixture is extracted with EtOAc (4×150 mL). The combined extracts are washed with 0.1 N HCl (2×300 mL) and brine (2×300 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated to give a yellowish syrup. Chromatography (silica, 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) yields O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine as a yellowish oil.
  • B. O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide
  • A solution of O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine (3.0 g, 8.50 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (2.8 mL, 2.58 g, 25.5 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) is cooled to −10° C., and isobutyl chloroformate (1.1 mL, 1.16 g, 8.5 mmol) is added dropwise over 10 minutes. After stirring for 15 minutes, ammonia gas is bubbled into the solution at a moderately vigorous rate for 15 minutes. The solution is then warmed to room temperature over 30 minutes. CH2Cl2 is evaporated, and the residue is dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL). This solution is then extracted with 1 N HCl (2×50 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL), water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. Chromatography (silica, 75% EtOAc/hexane) yields O-[[3-methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide as a thick oil.
  • C. O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide-HCl
  • To a solution of O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide (2.4 g, 6.82 mmol) in EtOAc (50 mL) at 0° C. is bubbled HCl gas at a moderately vigorous rate for 5 minutes, during which time a lot of white precipitate is observed. The mixture is warmed to room temperature over 30 minutes, after which time EtOAc is removed, yielding O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide-HCl as a white solid.
  • D. 3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine
  • To a solution of 3-methyl-L-phenylalanine (1.8 g, 10.06 mmol) and Na2CO3 (3.2 g, 30.18 mmol) in water (150 mL) is added a solution of diphenylacetyl chloride (2.32 g, 10.06 mmol) in THF (150 mL), and the resulting solution is stirred vigorously at room temperature overnight. The THF is then evaporated and the aqueous layer is diluted with 6% aqueous Na2CO3 (100 mL), and washed with Et2O (3×150 mL). The aqueous layer is then acidified to pH 1 with conc. HCl, and the resulting slurry is extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The organic phase is then washed with water (2×100 mL) and brine (1×100 mL), dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield 3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine, as a white solid.
  • E. N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide
  • To a solution of 3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine (1.0 g, 2.68 mmol) and O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide HCl (0.774 g, 2.68 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (0.452 g, 2.95 mmol, and N-methylmorpholine (1.18 mL, 1.085 g, 10.72 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide HCl (0.771 g, 4.02 mmol) in one portion and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solution is then washed with 1 N HCl (100 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residual solid is triturated with hot methanol to yield N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide as a white solid.
  • F. N-[2-[(3-(methoxy-carbonyl)-phenyl)-methoxy)-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenyl-alaninamide
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.057 mL, 0.084 g, 0.66 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (10 ML), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution becomes clear, pyridine (0.11 mL, 0.10 g, 1.31 mmol) is added, followed by N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[3 (methoxy-carbonyl)-phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide (0.20 g, 0.329 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours, after which time the it is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), saturated LiCl (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 80% EtOAc/hexane) to yield N-[2-[(3-(methoxy-carbonyl)-phenyl)-methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl )-L-phenyl-alaninamide as a white solid having the following structure
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00497
  • Example 303 Synthesis of N-[2-[(3-carboxyphenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • A solution of N-[2-[(3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (0.34 g, 0.58 mmol) in pinacolone (20 mL) is degassed with bubbling nitrogen for 10 minutes. Lithium iodide (0.78 g, 5.80 mmol) is then added, and the solution is refluxed in the dark for 24 hours, after which time it is cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), and washed with 5% aq. sodium thiosulfate (2×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL). The organic layer is then dried over MgSO4, evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed (silica, 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2/0.05% acetic acid) to yield a clear glass, which is crystallized with an EtOAc/bexane (1:50) mixture to yield N-[2-[(3-carboxyphenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a white solid, m.p. 160-162° C.
  • Example 304 N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(N-morpholinocarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninamide A. 3-methyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanine
  • To a suspension of 3-methyl-L-phenylalanine (2.7 g, 15 mmol) in 85 mL 10% triethyl-amine/methanol is added di-t-butyldicarbonate (6.5 g, 30 mmol), and the solution is refluxed for 2.5 hours. After cooling, the methanol and triethylamine are evaporated and the residue is diluted with Et2O (250 mL) and extracted with saturated Na2CO3 (2×75 mL). The combined aqueous layers are again washed with Et2O (250 mL), and then acidified with cone. HCl to pH=2-3. The resulting mixture is then extracted with EtOAc (3×75 mL) and washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, and evaporated to yield 3-methyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanine as a clear oil.
  • B. allyl 3-(chloromethyl)-benzoate
  • A solution of 3-(chloromethyl)-benzoic acid (50.0 g, 0.293 mol), potassium carbonate (48.61 g, 0.352 mol) and allyl bromide (50.7 mL, 0.586 mol) in acetone (500 mL) is refluxed for 2 hours, after which time the solution was cooled to room temperature and filtered through celite. The filtrate is evaporated and the residue chromatographed (silica, 5% EtOAc/hexane) to yield allyl 3-(chloromethyl)-benzoate as a clear oil.
  • C. allyl 3-(iodomethyl)-benzoate
  • A solution of allyl 3-(chloromethyl)-benzoate (54.5 g, 0.259 mmol) and sodium iodide (46.56 g, 0.311 mol) in acetone (500 mL) is stirred at room temperature for 6.5 hours, after which time the mixture is filtered. The filtrate is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in diethyl ether (500 mL), then washed with water (1×200 mL), 5% sodium sulfite solution (1×200 mL) and brine (1×200 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated to yield allyl 3-(iodomethyl)-benzoate as a white solid, which was is directly.
  • D. O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine
  • Sodium hydride (19.4 g, 60% in mineral oil, 484.4 mmol) is washed with dry hexanes (2×30 mL) to remove the mineral oil and then suspended in anhydrous DMF (330 mL). To this suspension a solution of N-butoxycarbonyl-L-serine (45.2 g, 220.2 mmol) in DMF (110 mL) at 0° C. is added dropwise with vigorous stirring. The mixture is stirred for an additional 5 minutes at 0° C., and then at room temperature for 30 minutes. The solution is cooled back to 0° C., and a solution of allyl 3-iodomethylbenzoate (66.6 g, 220.2 mmol) in DMF (110 mL) is added dropwise over 15 minutes. The mixture is then warmed to room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture is poured into ice water (2.2 L) and acidified to pH 2 with 1 N HCl (270 mL). The mixture is extracted with ether (1×600 mL, then 3×300 mL) and the combined ether extracts are then washed with water (5×200 ml) and then dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to yield O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine as a yellowish oil, which is used as is in the subsequent step.
  • E. O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide
  • A solution of O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine (79.2 g, 209 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (68.9 mL, 63.4 g, 627 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (800 mL) is cooled to −10° C., and isobutyl chloroformate (32.5 mL, 34.2 g, 251 mmol) is added dropwise over 10 minutes. After stirring for 15 minutes, ammonia gas is bubbled into the solution at a moderately vigorous rate for 15 minutes, at −10° C. The solution is then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixure is cooled to 0° C. and 1 N HCl (800 mL) is added. The organic phase is washed with 1 N HCl (2×700 mL), then washed with saturated NaHCO3 (700 mL), then dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to yield O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide as a thick oil, which is used as is in the subsequent step.
  • F. O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl]-methyl]-L-serinamide-HCl
  • To a solution of O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide (69 g, 182.5 mmol) in EtOAc (1000 mL) at 0° C. is slowly bubbled HCl gas for 1 hour, during which time a white precipitate is observed. The mixture is warmed to room temperature over 30 minutes, after which time EtOAc is removed by evaporation. The resulting residue is triturated with ether (500 mL) with vigorous stirring for 30 minutes. The precipitate is collected by vacuum filtration, washed with ether (2×100 mL) and then air dried to yield O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl]-methyl]-L-serinamide-HCl as a free-flowing white solid.
  • G. N-[3-methyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide
  • To a solution of O-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide.HCl (2.92 g, 10.46 mmol), 3-methyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanine (3.29 g, 10.46 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (1.92 g, 12.55 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (4.6 mL, 4.23 g, 41.84 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (120 mL) is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide-HCl (3.01 g, 15.69 mmol) in one portion. The solution is stirred for 16 hours, then washed with 1 N HCl (100 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residual solid is triturated with hot methanol to yield N-[3-methyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-0-[[3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenylmethyl]-L-serinamide as a white solid.
  • H. N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • Oxalyl chloride (1.79 mL, 2.6 g, 20.48 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (30 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution becomes clear, pyridine (3.31 mL, 3.24 g, 40.96 mmol) is added, followed by N-[3-methyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[3 (allyloxy-carbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-serinamide (5.52 g, 10.24 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours, after which time it is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (1.×50 mL), saturated LiCl (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 40% EtOAc/hexane) to yield N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a white solid.
  • I. N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-L-phenylalaninamide
  • A solution of N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (3.18 g, 6.10 mmol) in 96% formic acid (40 mL) is stirred at room temperature for 5.5 hours. Formic acid is evaporated (high vacuum, 25° C.), and the residue is taken up in water (50 mL) and basified with saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL). The resulting mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL), and then washed with water (2×100 mL) and brine (1×100 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated to yield N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-L-phenylalaninamide as a clear thick oil.
  • J. N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(N-morpholinocarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • To a solution of N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-L-phenylalaninamide.HCl (0.29 g, 0.69 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.23 mL, 0.21 g, 2.07 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) is added mopholinecarbonyl chloride (0.21 g, 0.23 mL, 2.065, mmol) in one portion, and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solution is then diluted with additional CH2Cl2 (40 mL), and washed with 1 N HCl (50 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 80% EtOAc/hexane) to yield N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(N-morpholinocarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a clear oil.
  • The corresponding 3-carboxyphenylmethoxy compound is prepared as follows:
  • To a solution of N-[2-[(3-(allyloxycarbonyl)-phenyl)methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(N-morpholinocarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (see example 3, 0.2 g, 0.375 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL) is added morpholine (0.327 mL, 0.326 g, 3.75 mmol), followed by Pd(PPh3)4(0.043 g, 0.0375 mmol). The solution is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, after which time the THF is evaporated. The residue is taken up in EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with 1 N HCl (100 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2/0.05% acetic acid) to yield a clear glass, which is crystallized with an EtOAc/hexane (1:50) mixture to yield N-[2-[(3-carboxyphenyl)-methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(N-morpholinocarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a white solid, m.p. 100° C. (dec.).
  • Example 305 Synthesis of N-(3-(3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy)-1-cyanopropyl)-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide A. methyl 3-(2-bromoethoxy)-benzoate
  • A solution of methyl 3-hydroxybenzoate (5.0 g, 32.86 mmol), 1,2-dibromoethane (11.3 mL, 131.44 mmol), and potassium carbonate (5.45 g, 39.43 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) is refluxed 16 hours, after which time the solution is cooled, concentrated in vacuo, and chromatographed to yield methyl 3-(2-bromoethoxy)-benzoate, as a yellow oil.
  • B. methyl 3-(2-iodoethoxy)-benzoate
  • A solution of methyl 3-(2-bromoethoxy)-benzoate (2.4 g, 9.26 mmol) and sodium iodide (2.78 g, 18.52 mmol) in acetone (50 mL) is refluxed for 2 hours. The resulting mixture is then filtered and concentrated. The residue is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with 5% Na2SO3 (50 mL), water (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield methyl 3-(2-iodoethoxy)-benzoate, as a yellow oil, which is used directly.
  • C. 2-(diphenylmethyleneamino)-4-[(3-methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy]-butyronitrile
  • To a solution of sodium hexamethyldisilazide (8.82 mL of a 1.0 M solution, 8.82 mmol) in 90 mL THF at −78° C. is added a solution of N-(diphenylmethylene)aminoacetonitrile (1.90 g, 8.65 mmol) in THF (30 mL), via syringe. After stirring 30 minutes at −78° C., a solution of methyl 3-(2 iodoethoxy)-benzoate (2.7 g, 8.82 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added in to the reaction solution via syringe. The solution is then warmed to room temperature, and allowed to stir for 3 hours. The mixture is then quenched with saturated NH4Cl (50 mL), and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), and chromatographed (silica, 12.5% EtOAc/hexane) to yield 2-(diphenylmethyleneamino)-4-[(3-methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy]-butyronitrile, as a clear oil.
  • D. 2-amino-4-[3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy]-butyronitrile
  • 2-(Diphenylmethyleneamino)-4-[(3-methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy]-butyronitrile (3.7 g, 6.78 mmol) is stirred vigorously for 16 hours in a biphasic mixture of 1 N HCl (7.5 mL) and Et2O (90 mL). The ether layer is removed, and the aqueous layer is washed with Et2O (3×50 mL), basified to pH 8 with 1 N NaOH, and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers are then washed with brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield 2-amino-4-[3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy]-butyronitrile, as a clear oil.
  • E. N-[3-(3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy)-1-cyanopropyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • To a solution of 2-amino-4-[3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy]-butyronitrile (0.5 g, 2.13 mmol), 3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine (see example 1, 0.80 g, 2.13 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (1.1 mL, 6.39 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) is added benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris (pyrrolidino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBop, 1.22 g, 2.34 mmol) in one portion. After stirring 1.5 hour, an additional portion of PyBop (0.61 g, 1.2 mmol) is added, and the solution is stirred overnight. The reaction mixture is washed with 1 N HCl (50 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 50% EtOAc/hexane) to yield N-[3-(3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy)-1-cyanopropyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a white solid, m.p. 152-153° C.
  • The corresponding carboxyphenoxy compound is prepared as follows:
  • To a solution of N-[3-(3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenoxy)-1-cyanopropyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (0.16 g, 0.272 mmol) in THF (3 mL) is added a solution of LiOH.H2O (22 mg, 0.544 mmol) in water (1.5 mL). The reaction is stirred for 1 hour, after which time the THF is evaporated. The residue is acidified with 1 N HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The aqueous layer is washed with brine (30 mL), dried over MgSO4, evaporated and chromatographed (5% McOH, 0.05% AcOH, CH2Cl2) to yield N-[3-(3-carboxyphenoxy)-1-cyanopropyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide, as a white solid, m.p. 169-170° C.
  • Example 306 Synthesis of N-[2-[(5-(methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl)-methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide A. 5-(bromomethyl)-2-furoate
  • To a solution of 5-methylfurfural (5.0 g, 45.5 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) is added pulverized N-bromosuccinimide (17.8 g, 100 mmol), and the solution is subjected to sun lamp irradiation. After 15 minutes, the solution begins to reflux vigorously, and then settles down after another 2-3 minutes. After an additional 10 minutes, the dark mixture is cooled to room temperature, and McOH (30 mL) is added. After 10 minutes, the solution is evaporated, and the residue is diluted with Et2O, and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL), water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO4 and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 15% EtOAc/hexane) to yield methyl 5-(bromomethyl)-2-furoate, as a yellowish oil.
  • B. O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine
  • To a solution of N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine (2.5 8, 12.3 mmol) in DMF (50 ML) at −15° C. is added sodium hydride (1.22 g, 60% in mineral oil, 30.7 mmol) portionwise with vigorous stirring, over 0.5 hours. After all sodium hydride is added, the mixture is stirred for an additional 10 minutes at 0° C., and then at room temperature for 30 minutes. The solution is cooled back to 0° C., and a solution of methyl 5-(bromomethyl)-2-furoate (2.5 g, 12.3 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) is added dropwise over 2 minutes. The mixture is then warmed to room temperature for 16 hours, and the residue is quenched with 10% NaH2PO4 (100 mL) and acidified to pH 3 with 1 N HCl. 10% LiCl (30 mL) is added to the solution, and the resulting mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined extracts are washed with brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated to give a yellowish syrup. This residue is taken up in Et2O (50 mL), and extracted with saturated NaHCO3 (2×50 mL). The aqueous layer is acidified with conc. HCl, and extracted with Et2O (2×50 mL), dried (MgSO4), and evaporated. Chromatography (silica, 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) yields O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-Nα-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine as a yellowish oil.
  • C. O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-Nα-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide
  • A solution of O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine (0.70 g, 2.1 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.46 mL, 4.2 mmol)) in CH2Cl2 (50, mL) is cooled to −10° C., and isobutyl chloroformate (0.27 mL, 2.1 mmol) is added dropwise over 10 minutes. After stirring for 15 minutes, ammonia gas is bubbled into the solution at a moderately vigorous rate for 15 minutes. The solution is then warmed to room temperature over 30 minutes. CH2Cl2 is evaporated, and the residue is dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL). This solution is then extracted with 1 N HCl (2×50 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL), water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated to yield O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-Nα-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide as a brownish solid.
  • D. O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-L-serinamide-HCl
  • To a solution of O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-Nα-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serinamide (0.52 g, 1.58 mmol)) in EtOAc (50 mL) at 0° C. is bubbled HCl gas at a moderately vigorous rate for 1 minute, during which time a lot of white precipitate is observed. The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes, after which time ethyl acetate is removed, yielding O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-L-serinamide-HCl as a yellowish solid.
  • E. N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[5-(methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-L-serinamide
  • To a solution of 3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine (0.40 g, 1.5 mmol), O-[[(5-methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]methyl]-L-serinamide HCl (0.54 g, 1.5 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzo triazole hydrate (0.2 g, 1.5 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.66 mL, 6.0 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL) is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide-HCl (0.43 g, 2.3 mmol) in one portion, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solution is then washed with 1 N HCl (100 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residual solid is triturated from ether to yield N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[5-(methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-L-serinamide as a light yellow solid.
  • F. N-[2-[(5-(methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl)-methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.046 mL, 0.36 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (5 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution is clear, pyridine (0.032 mL, 0.40 mmol) is added, followed by N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-O-[[5-(methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl]-methyl]-L-serinamide (0.20 g, 0.33 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours, after which time it is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), saturated LiCl (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 40% EtOAc/hexane) to yield N-[2-[(5-(methoxycarbonyl)-fur-2-yl)-methoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a white solid.
  • Example 307 Synthesis of N-[2-[(3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)thiomethoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide A. N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-S-trityl-L-cysteinamide
  • To a solution of 3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl-L-phenylalanine (see example 302, 1.0 g, 2.68 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (0.41 g, 2.68 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.74 mL, 6.69 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (80 mL) is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide-HCl (0.77 g, 4.02 mmol) in one portion. After stirring 30 minutes at room temperature, S-trityl-L-cysteinamide (0.97 g, 2.68 mmol) is added to the solution in one portion, and the solution is stirred for 16 hours. The solution is evaporated, and the residue partitioned between water (80 mL) and ethyl acetate (80 mL). The aqueous layer is washed with EtOAc (2×80 mL), and the combined organic layers are then washed with 1 N HCl (100 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is triturated with Et2O/hexane (1:1) to yield N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-S-trityl-L-cysteinamide as a white solid.
  • B. N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-L-cysteinamide
  • To a solution of N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-S-trityl-L-cysteinamide (0.68 g, 0.95 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) is added triethylsilane (0.30 mL, 1.9 mmol), in one portion, followed by dropwise addition of trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL). The yellow solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, after which time solvent is evaporated, and the residue is suspended in water (30 mL), filtered, and the collected solid is washed with water and ether (100 mL each), and dried in vacuo, to yield of N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-L-cysteinamide, as a white solid.
  • C. N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-S-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-cysteinamide
  • A solution of N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-L-cysteinamide (0.72 g, 1.51 mmol), methyl 3-(bromomethyl)-benzoate (0.35 g, 1.51 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.27 mL, 1.53 mmol) is stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent is evaporated, and the residue is treated with 1 N HCl (50 mL), and filtered to collect a white solid, which is washed with water and Et2O (100 mL each). Drying in vacuo yields N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-S-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methyl]-L-cysteinamide, as a white solid.
  • D. N-[2-[(3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)thiomethoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.29 mL, 2.90 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (20 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution becomes clear, pyridine (0.54 mL, 5.8 mmol) is added, followed by N-[3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-S-[[3-(methoxycarbonyl)-phenyl]-methyl]-L-cysteinamide (0.90 g,1.51 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours, after which time it is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), saturated LiCl (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 33% EtOAc/hexane) to yield N-[2-[(3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)thiomethoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a white solid.
  • Example 308 N-[2-[(3-carboxyphenyl)methanesulfinyl]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl-L-phenylalaninamide
  • To a solution of N-[2-[(3-carboxyphenyl)thiomethoxy]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (89 mg, 0.15 mmol) in acetone (5 mL) is added a solution of potassium peroxymonosulfate (Oxone®, 0.11 g, 0.18 mmol) in water (5 mL) at 0° C., and the solution is stirred at 0° C. for 40 minutes. 5% NaHSO4 (10 mL) is added, and the cloudy suspension is filtered. The solid is washed with water (50 mL), dried in vacuo, and then recrystalized (CH2Cl2, Et2O) to yield N-[2-[(3-carboxyphenyl)methanesulfinyl]-1(S)-cyanoethyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl-L-phenylalaninamide product, as a white solid, m.p. 170-171° C.
  • Example 309 N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-cyanobutyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide A. t-butyl (S)-5-hydroxy-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoate
  • To a solution of N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-L-glutamic acid t-butyl ester (6.0 g, 19.78 mmol) and triethylamine (2.83 mL, 20.27 mmol) in THF at −10° C. is added ethyl chloroformate (1.94 mL, 20.27 mmol) dropwise, via syringe, and the solution is stirred at −10° C. for 30 minutes. The solution is filtered to remove precipitate, and the filtrate is added into a solution of NaBH4 (2.3 g, 60.86 mmol) in THF (40 mL) and water (50 mL). This solution is then stirred for 4 hours, after which time the solution is acidified with 1 N HCl to pH=5, and THF is evaporated. The aqueous residue is extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL), and the organic layers is then washed with 114 NaOH (2×300 mL), water (300 mL) and brine (300 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. Chromatography (silica, 20% EtOAc/hexane) yields t-butyl (S)-5-hydroxy-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoate as a thick oil.
  • B. t-butyl (S)-5-iodo-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoate
  • To a solution of t-butyl (S)-5-hydroxy-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoate (5.79 g, 20.0 mmol), triphenylphosphine (8.13 g, 31.0 mmol) and imidazole (2.04 g, 30.0 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (200 mL) at room temperature is added iodine (6.35 g, 25.0 mmol), portionwise, over 30 minutes. The mixture is then stirred 16 hours at room temperature. Methanol (20 mL) is added to the solution, which is then stirred an additional 1 hour. Solvent is evaporated, and the residue is purified by chromatography (silica, 33% EtOAc/hexane) to yield t-butyl (S)-5-iodo-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoate as a clear oil.
  • C. 3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester
  • A solution of 3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine (see example 1, 10.93 g, 2.5 mmol) in dioxane (50 mL) at 0° C. is added N-hydroxysuccinimide (0.29 g, 2.5 mmol) in one portion, followed by a solution of DCC (0.52 g, 2.5 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL), which is added dropwise over 10 minutes. The cloudy mixture is warmed to room temperature overnight, after which time it is cooled back to 0° C., and filtered. The filtrate is evaporated to yield 3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester as a white solid.
  • D. t-butyl (S)-5-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoate
  • To a solution of methyl 1 H-pyrazole 3-carboxylate (Synth. Comm., 25, 1995, 761) (0.98 g, 7.74 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) at 0° C. is added NaH (60% suspension, 0.31 g, 7.74 mmol) portionwise, over 10 minutes. After stirring an additional 10 minutes, a solution of t-butyl (S)-5-iodo-2-(t-butoxy-carbonylamino)-pentanoate (2.78 g, 9.29 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) is added over 2 minutes, and the solution is warmed to room temperature over 16 hours. The solvent is evaporated (high-vac), the residue is treated with water (50 mL) and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (3×80 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with water (2×200 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. Chromatography (silica, 25% EtOAc/hexane) yields the two regioisomeric products in a ˜2:1 ratio. The minor product, which is determined to be the desired product, t-butyl (S)-5-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoate, is isolated as a thick, clear oil.
  • E. (S)-5-(-3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-aminopentanoic acid-HCl
  • To a solution oft-butyl (S)-5-(-3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoate (0.84 g, 0.21 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) at 0° C. is bubbled HCl gas for 30 minutes. Afterward, the solution is warmed to room temperature over 30 minutes. Evaporation of solvent yields (S)-5-(-3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-aminopentanoic acid.HCl as a gray-white solid.
  • F. N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-carboxybutyl)-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • To a solution of (S)-5-(-3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-aminopentanoic acid.HCl (0.67 g, 2.13 mmol) in 10 mL water is added a solution of NaHCO3 (0.72 g, 8.5.3 mmol) in water (10 mL). After bubbling subsides, a solution of 3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (0.67 g, 2.13 mmol) in 20 mL dioxane is added dropwise over 10 minutes, and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Solvent is then evaporated, and the residue is diluted with water (50 mL) and adjusted to pH=4 with 1 N HCl. The aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (3×80 mL), and the combined extracts are washed with brine (2×100 mL) dried over MgSO4, evaporated, and triturated from Et2O to yield N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-carboxybutyl]-3-methyl-Na-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide, which is carried on directly.
  • G. N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-(aminocarbonyl)-butyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • A solution of N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-carboxybutyl]-3-methyl-Na-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (0.3 g, 0.5 mmol)) and N-methylmorpholine (0.17 ML, 1.5 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) is cooled to −10° C., and isobutyl chloroformate (0.065 mL, 0.5 mmol) is added dropwise over 10 minutes. After stirring for 15 minutes, ammonia gas is bubbled into the solution at a moderately vigorous rate for 15 minutes. The solution is then warmed to room temperature over 30 min. CH2Cl2 is evaporated, the residue is treated with water (30 mL). The suspension is adjusted to pH=7 with 1 N HCl, and filtered. The solid is washed with water (50 mL) and dried in vacuo to yield N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-(aminocarbonyl)-butyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide.
  • H. N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-cyanobutyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.082 mL, 0.94 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (20 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution becomes clear, pyridine (0.15 mL, 1.88 mmol) is added, followed by N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-(aminocarbonyl)butyl]-3methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenyl-acetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (0.28 g, 0.47 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours, after which time it is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), saturated LiCl (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 66% EtOAc/hexane) to yield N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1(S)-cyanobutyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a white solid.
  • Example 310 N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl)-1(S)-cyanobutyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide A. N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-(-S)-propargylglycineamide
  • To a solution of N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-(S)-propargylglycine (2.44 g, 11.45 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) is added N-methylmorpholine (3.78 mL, 34.4 mmol) in one portion. The solution is then cooled to −10° C., and isobutyl chloroformate is added dropwise over 5 minutes. After stirring for 15 minutes, ammonia gas is bubbled into the reaction mixture at a moderately vigorous rate for 15 minutes. The resulting milky suspension is then warmed to room temperature over 2 hours, and the mixture is washed with 1 N HCl (2×25 mL), aqueous NaHCO3 (25 mL) and brine (25 mL), and then dried over MgSO4. Evaporation of solvent, followed by chromatography (silica, 65% EtOAc/hexane) yields N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-(S)-propargylglycineamide, as a clear oil.
  • B. (S)-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-4-pentynoic acid amide
  • A solution of N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-(S)-propargylglycineamide (1.15 g, 5.33 mmol), methyl 3-bromobenzoate (1.15 g, 5.33 mmol), and Cu(I)I(0.041 g, 0.214 mmol) in triethylamine (25 mL) is deoxygenated with bubbling N2 for 2-3 minutes. Bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride (0.075 g, 0.11 mmol) is then added in one portion, and the mixture is refluxed for 3 hours, after which time solvent is evaporated. The residue is then taken up in EtOAc (10 ml), and then washed with 1 N HCl (40 mL) and brine (30 mL), and then dried over MgSO4. The residue is chromatographed (silica, 80% EtOAc/hexane) to yield (S)-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-4-pentynoic acid amide, as a light yellow solid.
  • C. (S)-2-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-pentanamide
  • To a solution of (S)-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-4-pentynoic acid amide (1.11 g, 3.22 mmol) in 1:1 ethanol/THF (50 mL) is added 10% Pd/C (0.5 g), and the mixture is hydrogenated at 1 atm. for 1.5 hours. The mixture is filtered through celite, and evaporated to yield (S)-2-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-pentanamide, as a clear oil.
  • D. (S)-2-amino-4-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-pentanamide HCl
  • To a solution of (S)-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-pentanamide (1.22 g, 3.5 mmol) in EtOAc (75 mmol) at 0° C. is bubbled HCl gas at a moderately vigorous rate, for 5 minutes. The solution is then warmed to room temperature for 30 minutes Evaportion of solvent yields (S)-2-amino-4-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-pentanamide HCl salt as a light yellow solid.
  • E. N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl)-1(S)-(aminocarbonyl)-butyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • To a solution of (S)-2-amino-5-(3-carbomethoxyphenyl)-pentanamide HCl (0.30 g, 0.80 mmol), of 3-methyl-N-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalanine (0.23 g, 0.80 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (0.135 g, 0.89 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.35 ml, 3.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (25 mL) is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide-HCl (0.23 g, 1.2 mmol) in one portion, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solution is then washed with 1 N HCl (100 mL, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1×50 mL), water (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residual solid is triturated with ether to yield N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl)-1(S)-(aminocarbonyl)-butyl]-3-methyl-Na-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide as a light yellow solid.
  • F. N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl)-1(S)-cyanobutyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide
  • Oxalyl chloride (0.12 mL, 1.39 mmol) is added dropwise to DMF (10 mL), and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. After the solution is clear, pyridine (0.22 mL, 2.78 mmol) is added, followed by N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonylphenyl)-1(S)-(aminocarbonyl)butyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide (0.42 g, 0.70 mmol), in one portion. The yellow reaction solution is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours, after which time it is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (1×50 mL), saturated aqueous LiCl solution (1×50 ML), dried over MgSO4, and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to yield N-[4-(3-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl)-1(S)-cyanobutyl]-3-methyl-Nα-(2,2-diphenylacetyl)-L-phenylalaninamide, as a yellow solid.
  • By repeating the procedure described above in Examples 302 to 310, using appropriate starting materials and conditions the following compounds of formula XVIII are obtained as identified below in Table 11.
    TABLE 11
    XVIII
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00498
    Exam- MS
    ple R30 R32 X2 Ar Z mp. (° C.) (M + 1)
    311
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00499
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00500
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00501
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00502
    COOH 100 dec.
    312
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00503
    142-145
    313 CH3CO 171-172
    314
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00504
    173-175
    315
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00505
    120 dec.
    316
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00506
     90 dec.
    317
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00507
    578  
    318
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00508
    139-141
    319
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00509
    153-155
    320
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00510
    129-131
    321
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00511
    170-172
    322
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00512
    522  
    323
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00513
    536  
    324
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00514
    529  
    325
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00515
    601  
    326
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00516
    572  
    327
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00517
    600, 602  
    328
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00518
    502  
    329
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00519
    536  
    330
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00520
    564  
    331
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00521
    540  
    332
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00522
    556  
    333
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00523
    540  
    334
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00524
    590  
    335
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00525
    564  
    336
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00526
    590  
    337
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00527
    536  
    338
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00528
    540  
    339 CH3(CH2)2C(O)—
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00529
    468  
    340
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00530
    496  
    341 CH3(CH2)2C(O)—
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00531
    439  
    342
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00532
    467  
    343
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00533
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00534
    523  
    344
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00535
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00536
    520  
    345
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00537
    520  
    346
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00538
    501  
    347
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00539
    500  
    348 CH3CH2O—C(O)— 454  
    349
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00540
    506  
    350
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00541
    476  
    351
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00542
    520  
    352
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00543
    622  
    353
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00544
    502  
    354
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00545
    460  
    355 CH3(CH2)2C(O)— 452  
    356
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00546
    531  
    357
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00547
    521  
    358
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00548
    564, 566  
    359
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00549
    522  
    360
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00550
    516  
    361
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00551
    586  
    362
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00552
    558  
    363
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00553
    516  
    364 CH3OCH2C(O)— 454  
    365
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00554
    572  
    366
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00555
    567  
    367 CH3(CH2)2CO
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00556
    477  
    368
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00557
    505  
    369
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00558
    555  
    370 CH3(CH2)2C(O)—
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00559
    442  
    371
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00560
    470  
    372
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00561
    520  
    373
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00562
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00563
    473  
    374
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00564
    523  
    375 CH3(CH2)2C(O)— 445  
    376
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00565
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00566
    477  
    377
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00567
    520  
    378
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00568
    528  
    379
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00569
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00570
    469  
    380
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00571
    479  
    381
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00572
    522  
    382
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00573
    530  
    383
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00574
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00575
    —(CH2)2—O— 169-170
    384 —CH2—O—CH2
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00576
    115 dec.
    385 —CH2—S—CH2
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00577
    145-146
    386 —(CH2)3
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00578
    145-146
    387
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00579
    132  
    388
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00580
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00581
    —CH2—O—CH2 567  
    389
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00582
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00583
    516  
    390
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00584
    577  
    391
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00585
    571  
    392
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00586
    537  
    393
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00587
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00588
    512  
    394
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00589
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00590
    525  
    395
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00591
    545  
    396
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00592
    579  
    397
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00593
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00594
    508  
    398
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00595
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00596
    544.9
    399
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00597
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00598
    537  
    400
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00599
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00600
    490  
    401
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00601
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00602
    492  
    402
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00603
    547.5
    403
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00604
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00605
    543  (M − 1)
    404
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00606
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00607
    582.8
    405
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00608
    567.2
    406
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00609
    553.1
    407
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00610
    573.9
    408
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00611
    609.6
    409
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00612
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00613
    540  
    410
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00614
    520.3
    411
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00615
    540.1
    412
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00616
    571  
    413
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00617
    573.9
    414
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00618
    534  
    415
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00619
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00620
    161-162
    416
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00621
    145-146 590  (M+ − 1)
    417
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00622
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00623
    —CH2—C(O)—NH— 553.4
    418
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00624
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00625
    126-128
    419
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00626
    Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00627
    159-162
  • The compounds of Examples 302 to 419 are selective inhibitors of cathepsin B, having IC50s for inhibition of cathepsin B, in the in vitro cathepsin B assay described above, which are typically in the range from about 5 nM to about 1000 nM. Illustrative of the invention, the IC50 in the in vitro cathepsin B assay is about 5 nM for the compound of example 303.
  • In view of their properties as selective or broad based inhibitors of cathepsin L, S and/or B the Compounds of the Invention described above in Examples 154 to 419 may be used for treatment or prophylaxis of diseases or medical conditions mediated by cathepsin L, S or B; for instance as hereinbefore described.
  • Example 420 Preparation of 1,000 capsules each containing 25 mg of a Compound of the Invention, using the following ingredients:
    Compound of the Invention  25.00 g
    Lactose 192.00 g
    Modified starch  80.00 g
    Magnesium stearate  3.00 g
  • Procedure: All the powders are passed through a screen with openings of 0.6 mm. Then the drug substance is placed in a suitable mixer and mixed first with the magnesium stearate, then with the lactose and starch until homogeneous. No. 2 hard gelatin capsules are filled with 300 mg of said mixture each, using a capsule filling machine.

Claims (20)

1-20. (canceled)
21. A compound of formula (I):
Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00628
wherein
R is substituted aryl selected from 4-(morpholin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(morpholin-1-yl-methyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl-methyl)-phen-1-yl), 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl and 4-(piperidinyl)-phenyl;
R2 and R3 are, independently, hydrogen or lower alkyl; or
R2 and R3, together, represent lower alkylene, optionally interrupted by O, S or NR6, so as to form a ring with the carbon to which they are attached, and R6 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl;
R4 and R5 are, independently, hydrogen or lower alkyl; or
R4 and R5, together, represent lower alkylene, optionally interrupted by O, S or NR6, so as to form a ring with the carbon atom to which they are attached, and R6 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl;
X1 is —C(O)—;
Y is oxygen; and
x is zero;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
22. A compound of formula (II):
Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00629
wherein
R20 is substituted aryl selected from 4-(morpholin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(morpholin-1-yl-methyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl-methyl)-phen-1-yl), 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl and 4-(piperidinyl)-phenyl;
R22 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R23 is lower alkyl; or
R22 and R23, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C5-C8 cycloalkyl group or a heterocycloalkyl group of 3-10 ring atoms;
R24 and R25 are, independently, hydrogen or lower alkyl; or
R24 and R25, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group;
X1 is —C(O)—;
Y is oxygen; and
x is zero;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
23. A compound according to claim 22, wherein R22 and R23, together with the carbon to which they are attached, represent a C6 cycloalkyl group.
24. A compound according to claim 22, wherein R24 and R25 are both H or —CH3.
25. A compound according to claim 22, wherein R24 is H and R25 is —CH2CH(CH3)2.
26. A method of inhibiting cathepsin activity in a mammal which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to claim 22.
27. A method of treating a cathepsin-dependent condition in a mammal which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to claim 22.
28. A method according to claim 27, wherein the condition is selected from inflammation, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis.
29. A method of treating a cathepsin-dependent condition in a mammal which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to claim 23.
30. A method according to claim 29, wherein the condition is selected from inflammation, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis.
31. A cathepsin-inhibiting pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 22 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
32. A compound according to claim 22, wherein
X1 is —C(O)—;
Y is oxygen;
x is zero;
R22 is H;
R23 is —CH2CH(CH3)2; and
(a) R20 is 4-(morpholin-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1-yl; and
R24 and R25 are H; or
(b) R20 is 4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1-yl; and
R24 and R25 are H;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
33. A compound of the formula (I):
Figure US20060235220A1-20061019-C00630
wherein
R is phenyl substituted by hetero(C3-C10)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl or hetero(C3-C10)cycloalkyl;
x is zero;
X1 is —C(O)—;
R2 is hydrogen or lower alkyl;
R3 is lower alkyl; or
R2 and R3 together represent lower alkylene optionally interrupted by O, S or NR6, wherein, so as to form a ring with the carbon atom to which they are attached, and R6 is hydrogen or lower alkyl;
Y is oxygen;
R4 and R5 are hydrogen;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
34. A compound according to claim 33, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of 4-(morpholin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(morpholin-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phen-1-yl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phen-1-yl and 4-(piperidinyl)phenyl.
35. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 33 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
36. A method of treating a disease in a mammal in which cathepsin K contributes to the pathology and/or symptomatology of the disease, which method comprises administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 33.
37. A method according to claim 36, wherein the disease is osteoporosis.
38. A method according to claim 36, wherein the mammal is a human.
39. A method according to claim 36, wherein the human is a post-menopausal woman.
US11/374,995 1997-11-05 2006-03-15 Dipeptide nitriles Abandoned US20060235220A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/374,995 US20060235220A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2006-03-15 Dipeptide nitriles
US11/835,134 US20080027060A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2007-08-07 Dipeptide nitriles

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB9723407.4A GB9723407D0 (en) 1997-11-05 1997-11-05 Organic compounds
GB9723407.4 1997-11-05
US10816097P 1997-12-05 1997-12-05
US18622398A 1998-11-04 1998-11-04
US09/643,639 US6353017B1 (en) 1997-11-05 2000-08-22 Dipeptide nitriles
US5459002A 2002-01-22 2002-01-22
US10/342,872 US20040029814A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2003-01-15 Dipeptide nitriles
US10/694,672 US20040110806A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2003-10-28 Dipeptide derivatives
US11/374,995 US20060235220A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2006-03-15 Dipeptide nitriles

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/694,672 Continuation US20040110806A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2003-10-28 Dipeptide derivatives

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/835,134 Continuation US20080027060A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2007-08-07 Dipeptide nitriles

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20060235220A1 true US20060235220A1 (en) 2006-10-19

Family

ID=10821646

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/643,639 Expired - Fee Related US6353017B1 (en) 1997-11-05 2000-08-22 Dipeptide nitriles
US10/342,872 Abandoned US20040029814A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2003-01-15 Dipeptide nitriles
US10/694,672 Abandoned US20040110806A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2003-10-28 Dipeptide derivatives
US11/374,995 Abandoned US20060235220A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2006-03-15 Dipeptide nitriles
US11/835,134 Abandoned US20080027060A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2007-08-07 Dipeptide nitriles

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/643,639 Expired - Fee Related US6353017B1 (en) 1997-11-05 2000-08-22 Dipeptide nitriles
US10/342,872 Abandoned US20040029814A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2003-01-15 Dipeptide nitriles
US10/694,672 Abandoned US20040110806A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2003-10-28 Dipeptide derivatives

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/835,134 Abandoned US20080027060A1 (en) 1997-11-05 2007-08-07 Dipeptide nitriles

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (5) US6353017B1 (en)
GB (1) GB9723407D0 (en)
ZA (1) ZA9810073B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050267129A1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2005-12-01 Norvartis Ag Dipeptide nitrile cathepsin K inhibitors
US10494364B2 (en) 2015-08-29 2019-12-03 Sunshin Lake Pharma Co., Ltd Cathepsin K inhibitors and application thereof

Families Citing this family (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9723407D0 (en) * 1997-11-05 1998-01-07 Ciba Geigy Ag Organic compounds
WO2000055125A2 (en) * 1999-03-15 2000-09-21 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N-cyanomethyl amides as protease inhibitors
US6812237B2 (en) * 2000-05-15 2004-11-02 Novartis Ag N-substituted peptidyl nitriles as cysteine cathepsin inhibitors
US7064123B1 (en) 2000-12-22 2006-06-20 Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions as cathepsin inhibitors
US7030116B2 (en) * 2000-12-22 2006-04-18 Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions as cathepsin inhibitors
NZ528944A (en) * 2001-06-01 2007-09-28 Axys Pharm Inc Chemical compounds and pharmaceutical compositions as cathepsin S inhibitors
US20040147503A1 (en) * 2002-06-04 2004-07-29 Sheila Zipfeil Novel compounds and compositions as cathepsin inhibitors
WO2003024924A1 (en) * 2001-09-14 2003-03-27 Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Novel compounds and compositions as cathepsin inhibitors
HUP0401906A3 (en) * 2001-11-14 2008-07-28 Aventis Pharma Inc Novel cathepsin s inhibitors, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US7326719B2 (en) * 2003-03-13 2008-02-05 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cathepsin S inhibitors
US7465745B2 (en) * 2003-03-13 2008-12-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cathepsin S inhibitors
WO2004084830A2 (en) * 2003-03-21 2004-10-07 Buck Institute Method for treating alzheimer’s dementia
US7109243B2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2006-09-19 Irm Llc Inhibitors of cathepsin S
US7384970B2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2008-06-10 Irm Llc Inhibitors of cathepsin S
US7173051B2 (en) * 2003-06-13 2007-02-06 Irm, Llc Inhibitors of cathepsin S
US7256207B2 (en) * 2003-08-20 2007-08-14 Irm Llc Inhibitors of cathepsin S
WO2005044799A1 (en) 2003-10-30 2005-05-19 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dipeptide-analogue synthesis
EP1686995A1 (en) * 2003-11-19 2006-08-09 Novartis AG Use of cathepsin k inhibitors for treating of severe bone loss diseases
JP2008513472A (en) * 2004-09-17 2008-05-01 バイエル・シエーリング・ファーマ アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Methods and intermediates for the preparation of cysteine protease inhibitors
WO2006076797A1 (en) * 2005-01-19 2006-07-27 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd. Cathepsin k inhibitors and atherosclerosis
NZ561681A (en) 2005-03-21 2011-01-28 Virobay Inc Alpha ketoamide compounds as cysteine protease inhibitors
JP2008545720A (en) 2005-06-02 2008-12-18 メルク フロスト カナダ リミテツド Fluoroalkylamine derivatives as cathepsin inhibitors
EP2076490A4 (en) * 2006-09-25 2010-07-28 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd Cathepsin b inhibitors
WO2010069069A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-24 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd. Cathepsin b inhibitors
WO2012151319A1 (en) 2011-05-02 2012-11-08 Virobay, Inc. Cathepsin inhibitors for the treatment of bone cancer and bone cancer pain
EP3380455A1 (en) * 2015-11-26 2018-10-03 H. Hoffnabb-La Roche Ag Trypanosomes inhibitors

Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3467691A (en) * 1964-04-22 1969-09-16 Tsutomu Irikura N-(n-acylaminoacyl)-aminoacetonitriles
US5574064A (en) * 1993-04-28 1996-11-12 Kumiai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Amino-acid amide derivatives, agricultural or horticultural fungicides, and method for producing the same
US5780498A (en) * 1993-11-01 1998-07-14 Ciba-Geigy Japan Limited Endothelin receptor antagonists
US5977075A (en) * 1995-04-21 1999-11-02 Novartis Ag N-aroylamino acid amides as endothelin inhibitors
US5990083A (en) * 1994-11-14 1999-11-23 Cephalon, Inc. Multicatalytic protease inhibitors
US6015879A (en) * 1995-01-06 2000-01-18 Sibia Neurosciences, Inc. Peptide and peptide analog protease inhibitors
US6287840B1 (en) * 1994-02-25 2001-09-11 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irreversible cysteine protease inhibitors containing vinyl groups conjugated to electron withdrawing groups
US6297277B1 (en) * 1993-12-08 2001-10-02 Prototek, Inc. Cysteine protease inhibitors containing heterocyclic leaving groups
US6300372B1 (en) * 1993-07-30 2001-10-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 3-Cyano-3-(3,4-disubstituted) phenylcyclohexyl-1-carboxylates
US20020016207A1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2002-02-07 Matthias Geislinger Torsionally elastic coupling
US6353017B1 (en) * 1997-11-05 2002-03-05 Novartis Ag Dipeptide nitriles
US6355678B1 (en) * 1998-06-29 2002-03-12 Parker Hughes Institute Inhibitors of the EGF-receptor tyrosine kinase and methods for their use
US20020086996A1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2002-07-04 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US6451862B1 (en) * 1999-11-05 2002-09-17 Asahi Glass Company, Limited Process for producing a spherical silica gel
US6525052B2 (en) * 2000-09-08 2003-02-25 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds useful as reversible inhibitors of cysteine proteases
US6525036B2 (en) * 2000-01-06 2003-02-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US6531612B2 (en) * 1999-12-24 2003-03-11 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Nitrile derivatives that inhibit cathepsin K
US20030203919A1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2003-10-30 Martin Missbach Dipeptide nitrile cathepsin K inhibitors

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5206249A (en) 1991-03-27 1993-04-27 Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Bis-naphthalimides containing amino-acid derived linkers as anticancer agents
EP0547699A1 (en) 1991-12-19 1993-06-23 Merck & Co. Inc. Peptidyl derivatives as inhibitors of interleukin-1B converting enzyme
JP3283114B2 (en) 1992-09-07 2002-05-20 クミアイ化学工業株式会社 Condensed heterocyclic derivatives and agricultural and horticultural fungicides
JP2848232B2 (en) 1993-02-19 1999-01-20 武田薬品工業株式会社 Aldehyde derivatives
ES2151055T3 (en) 1994-03-10 2000-12-16 Searle & Co DERIVATIVES OF L-N6- (1-IMINOETIL) LISINA USEFUL AS INHIBITORS OF NITRIC OXIDE SYNTHESA.
AU1595997A (en) 1996-01-26 1997-08-20 Smithkline Beecham Plc Thienoxazinone derivatives useful as antiviral agents
AU3359697A (en) 1996-07-08 1998-02-02 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Bone resorption inhibitors
NZ335280A (en) 1996-11-22 2001-05-25 Lilly Co Eli D-penicillamine derivatives for treating beta-amyloid type diseases such as Alzheimer's disease
WO2000051998A1 (en) 1999-03-02 2000-09-08 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds useful as reversible inhibitors of cathepsin s

Patent Citations (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3467691A (en) * 1964-04-22 1969-09-16 Tsutomu Irikura N-(n-acylaminoacyl)-aminoacetonitriles
US3697577A (en) * 1964-04-22 1972-10-10 Kyorin Seiyaku Kk Derivatives of n(n-acyl amino acyl) aminoacetonitrile
US5574064A (en) * 1993-04-28 1996-11-12 Kumiai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Amino-acid amide derivatives, agricultural or horticultural fungicides, and method for producing the same
US6300372B1 (en) * 1993-07-30 2001-10-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 3-Cyano-3-(3,4-disubstituted) phenylcyclohexyl-1-carboxylates
US5780498A (en) * 1993-11-01 1998-07-14 Ciba-Geigy Japan Limited Endothelin receptor antagonists
US6297277B1 (en) * 1993-12-08 2001-10-02 Prototek, Inc. Cysteine protease inhibitors containing heterocyclic leaving groups
US6287840B1 (en) * 1994-02-25 2001-09-11 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irreversible cysteine protease inhibitors containing vinyl groups conjugated to electron withdrawing groups
US5990083A (en) * 1994-11-14 1999-11-23 Cephalon, Inc. Multicatalytic protease inhibitors
US6015879A (en) * 1995-01-06 2000-01-18 Sibia Neurosciences, Inc. Peptide and peptide analog protease inhibitors
US5977075A (en) * 1995-04-21 1999-11-02 Novartis Ag N-aroylamino acid amides as endothelin inhibitors
US20040110806A1 (en) * 1997-11-05 2004-06-10 Eva Altmann Dipeptide derivatives
US6353017B1 (en) * 1997-11-05 2002-03-05 Novartis Ag Dipeptide nitriles
US6355678B1 (en) * 1998-06-29 2002-03-12 Parker Hughes Institute Inhibitors of the EGF-receptor tyrosine kinase and methods for their use
US6593327B2 (en) * 1999-03-15 2003-07-15 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US20020086996A1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2002-07-04 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US6455502B1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2002-09-24 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US6476026B1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2002-11-05 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US20040147745A1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2004-07-29 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US20030119788A1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2003-06-26 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US20030096796A1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2003-05-22 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US6451862B1 (en) * 1999-11-05 2002-09-17 Asahi Glass Company, Limited Process for producing a spherical silica gel
US6531612B2 (en) * 1999-12-24 2003-03-11 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Nitrile derivatives that inhibit cathepsin K
US6525036B2 (en) * 2000-01-06 2003-02-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
US20030203919A1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2003-10-30 Martin Missbach Dipeptide nitrile cathepsin K inhibitors
US20050267129A1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2005-12-01 Norvartis Ag Dipeptide nitrile cathepsin K inhibitors
US20020016207A1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2002-02-07 Matthias Geislinger Torsionally elastic coupling
US6525052B2 (en) * 2000-09-08 2003-02-25 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds useful as reversible inhibitors of cysteine proteases

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050267129A1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2005-12-01 Norvartis Ag Dipeptide nitrile cathepsin K inhibitors
US10494364B2 (en) 2015-08-29 2019-12-03 Sunshin Lake Pharma Co., Ltd Cathepsin K inhibitors and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ZA9810073B (en) 1999-05-05
US20040110806A1 (en) 2004-06-10
US6353017B1 (en) 2002-03-05
US20040029814A1 (en) 2004-02-12
US20080027060A1 (en) 2008-01-31
GB9723407D0 (en) 1998-01-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20060235220A1 (en) Dipeptide nitriles
CA2306313C (en) Dipeptide nitriles
EP0606046B1 (en) Arylsulfonamido-substituted hydroxamic acids
US9133104B2 (en) Enzyme inhibitors
US7183297B2 (en) Biphenyl-derivatives as p38-kinase inhibitors
US6201133B1 (en) Certain cyclic thio substituted acylaminoacid amide derivatives
US5817822A (en) Certain alpha-azacycloalkyl substituted arylsulfonamido acetohydroxamic acids
US7304094B2 (en) Cyclohexyl sulphones
JPH04503057A (en) Hydroxamic acid-based collagenase inhibitors
US20080234254A1 (en) Inhibitors of Histone Deacetylase
AU766328B2 (en) Arylsulfonamido-substituted hydroxamic acid derivatives
US6812237B2 (en) N-substituted peptidyl nitriles as cysteine cathepsin inhibitors
WO2000048993A1 (en) Arylaminoalkylamides
EP1283825B1 (en) N-substituted peptidyl nitriles as cysteine cathepsin inhibitors
EP0318859A2 (en) N-substituted mercaptopropanamide derivatives
MXPA00004375A (en) Dipeptide nitriles
CZ20001610A3 (en) Dipeptide-nitriles, process of their preparation and their use as pharmaceutical agents
TW527362B (en) Dipeptide nitriles

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION